part iii. Calcutta, 1904.

Hahn, J., “Das Land der Herero,” in _Zeitschrift der Gesellschaft für Erdkunde zu Berlin_, iii. (1868).

Hahn, J. G. von, _Albanesische Studien_. Jena, 1854. _Griechische und albanesische Märchen._ Leipsic, 1864.

Hahn, Josaphat, “Die Ovaherero,” in _Zeitschrift der Gesellschaft für Erdkunde zu Berlin_, iv. (1869).

Hahn, Theophilus, “Die Buschmänner,” in _Globus_, xviii. _Tsuni-Goam, the Supreme Being of the Khoi-Khoi._ London, 1881.

Haig, Captain Wolseley, “Notes on the Vēlamā Caste in Bārār” in _Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal_, lxx. part iii. (1901).

Haigh, A. E., _The Attic Theatre_. Oxford, 1889.

Halde, J. B. du, _The General History of China_. Third Edition. London, 1741.

Hale, A., “On the Sakais,” in _Journal of the Anthropological Institute_, xv. (1886).

Hale, Horatio, “Iroquois Sacrifice of the White Dog,” in _American Antiquarian_, vii. (1885). _The United States Exploring Expedition, Ethnography and Philology._ Philadelphia, 1846.

Halévy, “Travels in Abyssinia,” in _Publications of the Society of Hebrew Literature_, Second Series, vol. ii.

Halkin, J., _Quelques Peuplades du district de l’Uelé_. Liége, 1907.

Hall, Charles F., _Life with the Esquimaux_. London, 1864. _Narrative of the Second Arctic Expedition made by Charles F. Hall._ Edited by Professor J. E. Nourse. Washington, 1879.

* Hall, Dr. C. H. H., in the _Sei-I Kwai Medical Journal_.

Hall, Rev. G. H., quoted in _The Denham Tracts_, edited by J. Hardy. London, 1892-1895.

Hallett, H. S., _A Thousand Miles on an Elephant in the Shan States_. Edinburgh and London, 1890.

Haltrich, Josef, _Deutsche Volksmärchen aus dem Sachsenlande in Siebenbürgen_. Fourth Edition. Vienna and Hermannstadt, 1885. _Zur Volkskunde der Siebenbürger Sachsen._ Vienna, 1885.

Hamberger, P. Alois, in _Anthropos_, v. (1910).

Hamilton, Alexander, “A New Account of the East Indies,” in J. Pinkerton’s _Voyages and Travels_, viii.

Hamilton, Gavin, “Customs of the New Caledonian Women,” in _Journal of the Anthropological Institute_, vii. (1878).

Hamilton, Professor G. L. Private communication (v. 57 _n._ 1).

Hamilton, Mary, _Greek Saints and their Festivals_. Edinburgh and London, 1910.

Hamilton, Mr. (British Envoy at the Court of Naples), Letter in _Journal of the Royal Geographical Society_, ii. (1832).

Hamilton, W. J., _Researches in Asia Minor, Pontus, and Armenia_. London, 1842.

Hampson, R. T., _Medii Aevi Kalendarium_. London, 1841.

_Handbook of American Indians north of Mexico._ Edited by F. W. Hodge. Washington, 1907-1910 (_Bureau of American Ethnology_, Bulletin 30).

Hanway, Jonas, _An Historical Account of the British Trade over the Caspian Sea: with the Author’s Journal of Travels_. Second Edition. London, 1754.

Hardisty, W. L., “The Loucheux Indians,” in _Report of the Smithsonian Institution for 1866_.

Hardy, J., “Wart and Wen Cures,” in _Folk-lore Record_, i. (1878).

Hardy, Thomas, in _Folk-lore_, viii. (1897).

Harkness, Captain H., _Description of a Singular Aboriginal Race inhabiting the Summit of the Neilgherry Hills_. London, 1832.

Harland, John, and Wilkinson, T. T., _Lancashire Folk-lore_. Manchester and London, 1882.

Harmon, D. W., quoted by Rev. Jedidiah Morse, _Report to the Secretary of War of the United States on Indian Affairs_, Appendix. New-haven, 1822.

Harnack, A., _Lehrbuch der Dogmengeschichte_. Freiburg i. B., 1886-1890.

Harper, R. F., _Assyrian and Babylonian Literature_. New York, 1901.

Harpocration, _Lexicon_. Ed. G. Dindorf. Oxford, 1853.

Harrebomée, G. J., “Een ornamentenfeest van Gantarang (Zuid-Celebes),” in _Mededeelingen van wege het Nederlandsche Zendelinggenootschap_, xix. (1875).

Harris, John, _Complete Collection of Voyages and Travels_. London, 1744-1748.

Harris, J. Rendel, in letter to the Author (i. 15 _n._). MS. notes of Folk-lore collected in the East. _The Annotators of the Codex Bezae._ London, 1901. _The Cult of the Heavenly Twins._ Cambridge, 1906. _The Dioscuri in the Christian Legends._ London, 1903.

Harris, W. B., “The Berbers of Morocco,” in _Journal of the Anthropological Institute_, xxvii. (1898).

Harris, W. Cornwallis, _The Highlands of Aethiopia_. London, 1844.

Harrison, Rev. C., “Religion and Family among the Haidas,” in _Journal of the Anthropological Institute_, xxi. (1892).

Harrison, Miss J. E., “Mystica Vannus Iacchi,” in _Journal of Hellenic Studies_, xxiii. (1903). _Mythology and Monuments of Ancient Athens._ London, 1890. _Prolegomena to the Study of Greek Religion._ Second Edition. Cambridge, 1908.

Harte, Bret, _Complete Poetical Works_. London, 1886. “Friar Pedro’s Ride.” “Relieving Guard.” “The Angelus, heard at the Mission Dolores, 1868.”

_Hartford Seminary Record._

Harthoorn, S. E., “De Zending op Java en meer bepaald die van Malang,” in _Mededeelingen van wege het Nederlandsche Zendelinggenootschap_, iv. (1860).

Hartknoch, Chr., _Alt und neues Preussen_. Frankfort and Leipsic, 1684. _Selectae dissertationes historicae de variis rebus Prussicis_, bound up with his edition of P. de Düsburg’s _Chronicon Prussiae_. Frankfort and Leipsic, 1679.

Hartland, E. S., in _Folk-lore_, i. (1890), iv. (1893), vii. (1896), viii. (1897). _Primitive Paternity._ London, 1909-1910. _The Legend of Perseus._ London, 1894-1896. “The Physicians of Myddfai,” in _Archaeological Review_, i. (1888). “The Sin-eater,” in _Folk-lore_, iii. (1892).

Härtter, G., “Der Fischfang im Evheland,” in _Zeitschrift für Ethnologie_, xxxviii. (1906).

Hartung, O., “Zur Volkskunde aus Anhalt,” in _Zeitschrift des Vereins für Volkskunde_, vii. (1897).

_Harvard Studies in Classical Philology._

Hasselt, A. L. van, “Nota betreffende de rijstcultuur in de Residentie Tapanoeli,” in _Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde_, xxxvi. (1893). _Volksbeschrijving van Midden-Sumatra._ Leyden, 1882.

Hasselt, J. L. van, “Aanteekeningen aangaande de gewoonten der Papoeas in de Dorebaai, ten opzichte van zwangerschap en geboorte,” in _Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde_, xliii. (1901). “Die Papuastämme an der Geelvinkbai, Neu-Guinea,” in _Mitteilungen der Geographischen Gesellschaft zu Jena_, ix. (1891). “Eenige Aanteekeningen aangaande de bewoners der N. Westkust van Nieuw Guinea, meer bepaaldelijk den Stam der Noefooreezen,” in _Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde_, xxxi. (1886), xxxii. (1889).

Hasselt, Th. J. F. van, “Gebruik van vermomde Taal door de Nufooren,” in _Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde_, xlv. (1902). in _Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde_, xlvi. (1903).

Hastings, Dr. J., _Encyclopaedia of Religion and Ethics_. Edinburgh, 1908- .

Hatton, Frank, _North Borneo_. 1886.

Haug, Martin, _Essays on the Sacred Language, Writings, and Religion of the Parsees_. Third Edition. London, 1884.

Haupt, Karl, _Sagenbuch der Lausitz_. Leipsic, 1862-1863.

Haupt, P., _Purim_. Leipsic, 1906.

Haussoulier, B., in _Recueil d’Inscriptions Juridiques Grecques_. Deuxième Série. Paris, 1898.

_Havamal_, in K. Simrock’s _Die Edda_ (Eighth Edition), and K. Müllenhoff’s _Deutsche Altertumskunde_, v.

Havard, Mgr., in _Annales de la Propagation de la Foi_, vii. (1834).

Hawes, Mrs. (Miss Boyd). Private communication (v. 232 _n._).

Hawkins, Benjamin, “A Sketch of the Creek Country,” in _Collections of the Georgia Historical Society_, iii., part i. Savannah, 1848.

Haxthausen, August Freiherr von, _Studien über die inneren Zustände, das Volksleben und insbesondere die ländlichen Einrichtungen Russlands_. Hanover, 1847. _Transkaukasia._ Leipsic, 1856.

* Hay, Sir John Drummond, _Western Barbary, its Wild Tribes and Savage Animals_ (1844), quoted in _Folk-lore_, vii. (1896).

Hazeu, G. A. J., “Kleine bijdragen tot de ethnografie en folklore van Java,” in _Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde_, xlvi. (1903).

Hazelwood, in J. E. Erskine’s _Cruise among the Islands of the Western Pacific_. London, 1853.

Head, B. V., _Coins of Ephesus_. London, 1880. _Historia numorum._ Oxford, 1887.

Headlam, W., in _Classical Review_, xv. (1901).

* Heanley, Rev. R. M., “The Vikings: traces of their Folklore in Marshland.” A Paper read before the Viking Club, London, and printed in its _Saga-Book_, vol. iii. Part I., Jan. 1902.

Hearn, Captain G. R., “Passing through the Fire at Phalon,” in _Man_, v. (1905).

Hearn, Lafcadio, _Glimpses of Unfamiliar Japan_. London, 1894.

Hearn, Dr. W. E., _The Aryan Household_. London, 1859.

Hearne, Samuel, _Journey from the Prince of Wales’s Fort in Hudson’s Bay to the Northern Ocean_. London, 1795.

* Hearne, Thomas, _Robert of Gloucester’s Chronicles_ (Oxford, 1724), quoted by (Sir) J. Rhys, _Celtic Heathendom_.

Heberdey, R., und Wilhelm, A., “Reisen in Kilikien,” in _Denkschriften des Kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften, Philosophisch-historische Classe_, xliv. (Vienna, 1896), No. vi.

_Hebrew and English Lexicon._ Edited by F. Brown, S. R. Driver, and Ch. A. Briggs. Oxford, 1906.

Hebrews, The Epistle to the.

Heckewelder, Rev. John, “An Account of the History, Manners, and Customs of the Indian Nations who once inhabited Pennsylvania and the neighbouring States,” in _Transactions of the Historical and Literary Committee of the American Philosophical Society_, vol. i. Philadelphia, 1819.

Hecquard, H., _Reise an die Küste und in das Innere von West-Afrika_. Leipsic, 1854.

Hegel, G. W. F., _Vorlesungen über die Philosophie der Religion_. (Vol. xi. of the first collected edition of Hegel’s works. Berlin, 1832.) _Lectures on the Philosophy of Religion._ Translated by the Rev. E. B. Spiers, D.D., and J. Burdon Sanderson. London, 1895.

Hehn, V., _Kulturpflanzen und Haustiere in ihrem Übergang aus Asien_. Seventh Edition. Berlin, 1902.

Heiberg, Sigurd K., in letter to Miss Anderson of Barskimming (x. 171 _n._ 3).

Heijmering, G., “Zeden en gewoonten op het eiland Rottie,” in _Tijdschrift für Neêrlands Indië_ (1843). “Zeden en gewoonten op het eiland Timor,” _Tijdschrift voor Neêrlands Indië_ (1845).

“Heilige Haine und Bäume der Finnen,” in _Globus_, lix. (1891).

_Heimskringla._ Done into English by W. Morris and E. Magnússon. _The Saga Library_, vol. iii.

_Heimskringla, The, or Chronicle of the Kings of Norway._ Translated from the Icelandic of Snorri Sturluson, by S. Laing. London, 1844.

Heine, H., _The Pilgrimage to Kevlaar_ (_Die Wallfahrt nach Kevlaar_, in _Buch der Lieder_). “_Ich hatte einst ein schönes Vaterland._”

Heinrich, A., _Agrarische Sitten und Gebräuche unter den Sachsen Siebenbürgens_. Hermannstadt, 1880.

Helbig, W., in _Bulletino dell’ Instituto di Corrispondenza Archeologica_, 1885. _Die Italiker in der Poebene._ Leipsic, 1879. _Führer durch die öffentliehen Sammlungen klassischer Altertümer in Rom._ Second Edition. Leipsic, 1899. in _Notizie degli Scavi_, 1885.

Helderman, W. D., “De tijger en het bijgeloof der Bataks,” in _Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde_, xxxiv. (1891).

Heliodorus, _Aethiopica_. Ed. Im. Bekker. Leipsic, 1855.

Helladius, in Photius, _Bibliotheca_. Ed. Im. Bekker. Berlin, 1824.

Hellanicus, cited by the Scholiast on Apollonius Rhodius, _Argonautica_. Fragments in _Fragmenta Historicorum Graecorum_, ed. C. Müller, vol. i.

Hely, B. A., “Notes on Totemism, etc., among the Western Tribes,” in _British New Guinea, Annual Report for 1894-1895_.

Hemingway, Mr., quoted by E. Thurston, _Castes and Tribes of Southern India_.

Henderson, J., “The Medicine and Medical Practice of the Chinese,” in _Journal of the North China Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society_, New Series, i. Shanghai, 1865.

Henderson, William, _Notes on the Folk-lore of the Northern Counties of England and the Borders_. London, 1879.

Hennepin, L., _Description de la Louisiane_. Paris, 1683. _Nouvelle Découverte d’un très grand pays situé dans l’Amérique._ Utrecht, 1697. _Nouveau voyage d’un pais plus grand que l’Europe._ Utrecht, 1698.

* Henry, _Travels among the Northern and Western Indians_, quoted by the Rev. Jedediah Morse, in _Report to the Secretary of War of the United States on Indian Affairs_. Appendix. Newhaven, 1822. * _Travels_, quoted by J. Mooney, “Myths of the Cherokee,” in _Nineteenth Annual Report of the Bureau of American Ethnology_, Part i. Washington, 1900.

Henry, A., “The Lolos and other Tribes of Western China,” in _Journal of the Anthropological Institute_, xxxiii. (1903).

Henry, Miss Tenira, in * _Journal of the Polynesian Society_, vol. ii. No. 2, quoted by Andrew Lang, _Modern Mythology_.

Henry, W. A., “Bijdrage tot de Kennis der Bataklanden,” in _Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde_, xvii.

Henshaw, Richard, Agent for Native Affairs at Calabar, quoted by Mr. John Parkinson, in _Man_, vi. 1906.

Henzen, in _Annali dell’ Instituto_, 1856.

Henzen, G. [W.], _Acta Fratrum Arvalium_. Berlin, 1874.

Henzen, W., in _Hermes_, vi. (1872).

Hepding, H., _Attis, seine Mythen and sein Kult_. Giessen, 1903.

Heraclides Cumanus, in Athenaeus.

Heraclides Ponticus, in _Fragmenta Historicorum Graecorum_, ed. C. Müller, vol. ii.

Heraclitus, griechisch und deutsch, von H. Diels. Second Edition, Berlin, 1909; also in _Die Fragmente der Vorsokratiker_, ed. H. Diels, vol. i.

Héricourt, C. E. X. d’, _Voyage sur la côte orientale de la Mer Rouge dans le pays d’Adel et le royaume de Choa_. Paris, 1841.

Hermann, K. F., _Lehrbuch der gottesdienstlichen Alterthümer der Griechen_. Second Edition. Heidelberg, 1858. _Lehrbuch der griechischen Privatalterthümer._ Ed. H. Blümner. Freiburg i. Baden und Tübingen, 1882. “Über griechische Monatskunde,” in _Abhandlungen der historisch-philologischen Classe der Königlichen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu Göttingen_, ii. (1843-44).

Hermann, P., _Nordische Mythologie_. Leipsic, 1903.

_Hermes._

Herndon, W. Lewis, _Exploration of the Valley of the Amazon_. Washington, 1854.

Herodas, _Mimes_. Ed. J. Arbuthnot Nairn. Oxford, 1904.

Herodian. Ed. Im. Bekker. Leipsic, 1855.

Herodotus. Ed. J. C. F. Baehr. Editio Altera. Leipsic, 1856-1861. Erklärt von H. Stein. Berlin, 1877-1883. _Zweites Buch mit sachlichen Erläuterungen herausgegeben von_ Alfred Wiedemann. Leipsic, 1890.

Herold, Lieutenant, “Bericht betreffend religiöse Anschauungen und Gebräuche der deutschen Ewe-Neger,” in _Mittheilungen von Forschungsreisenden und Gelehrten aus den deutschen Schutzgebieten_, v. Berlin, 1892.

Herrera, Antonio de, quoted by A. Bastian, in _Die Culturländer des alten Amerika_. Berlin, 1878. _The General History of the Vast Continent and Islands called America._ Translated by Captain John Stevens. London, 1725-1726.

Herrick, Robert, _Works_. Edinburgh, 1823. “Hesperides.” “The Hock-cart or Harvest Home.” “Twelfth Night, or King and Queene.”

Herrmann, E., “Über Lieder und Brauche bei Hochzeiten in Kärnten,” in _Archiv für Anthropologie_, xix. (1891).

Herrmann, P., _Deutsche Mythologie_. Leipsic, 1906. _Nordische Mythologie._ Leipsic, 1903.

Hertz, W., _Der Werwolf_. Stuttgart, 1862. “Die Sage vom Giftmädchen,” in _Gesammelte Abhandlungen_. Stuttgart and Berlin, 1905.

Herve, G., “Quelques superstitions de Morvan,” in _Bulletins de la Société d’ Anthropologie de Paris_, 4ème série, iii. (1892).

Hervey, D. F. A., in _Indian Notes and Queries_ (December, 1886). “The Mentra Traditions,” in _Journal of the Straits Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society_, No. 10. Singapore, 1883.

Herzog, H., _Schweizerische Volksfeste, Sitten und Gebräuche_. Aarau, 1884.

Herzog, J. J., und Plitt, G. F., _Real-Encyclopädie für protestantische Theologie und Kirche_. Second Edition. Leipsic, 1877.

Hesiod. Ed. F. A. Paley. Second Edition. London, 1883. _Theogony._ _Works and Days._

Hesychius, _Lexicon_. Ed. M. Schmidt. Editio Altera. Jena, 1867.

Hesychius Milesius, in _Fragmenta Historicorum Graecorum_, ed. C. Müller, vol. iv.

Hetherwick, Rev. A., “Some Animistic Beliefs among the Yaos of British Central Africa,” in _Journal of the Anthropological Institute_, xxxii. (1902).

Heuzey, L., _Le Mont Olympe et l’Acarnanie_. Paris, 1860.

Hewitt, J. B. N., “New Fire among the Iroquois,” in _The American Anthropologist_, ii. (1889).

Hewitt, Mrs., “Some Sea-Dyak Tabus,” in _Man_, viii. (1908).

Heyting, Th. A. L., “Beschrijving der onderafdeeling Groot Mandeling en Batang-Natal,” in _Tijdschrift van het Nederlandsch Aardrijkskundig Genootschap_, Tweede Serie, xiv. (1897).

_Hibbert Journal, The._

_Hibeh Papyri_, Part I. Edited by B. P. Grenfell and A. S. Hunt. London, 1906.

* _Hibernian Magazine_, July 1817, quoted by T. F. Thiselton Dyer, _British Popular Customs_. London, 1876.

Hicks, E. L., “Inscriptions from Western Cilicia,” in _Journal of Hellenic Studies_, xii. (1891).

Hickson, S. J., _A Naturalist in North Celebes_. London, 1889.

Higgins, Rev. J. C., Notes furnished to the Author (x. 207 _n._ 2).

_High History of the Holy Graal._ Translated from the French by Sebastian Evans. London, 1898.

Hildebrandt, J. M., “Ethnographische Notizen über Wakamba und ihre Nachbarn,” in _Zeitschrift für Ethnologie_, x. (1878).

Hill, G. F., _Catalogue of the Greek Coins of Cyprus_. London, 1904. _Catalogue of the Greek Coins of Lycaonia, Isauria, and Cilicia._ London, 1900. _Catalogue of the Greek Coins of Lycia, Pamphylia, and Pisidia._ London, 1897. in letters to the Author (v. 35 _n._ 2, 126 _n._ 2, 162 _n._ 1, 165 _n._ 6).

Hill, Miss Nina, in letter to the Author (ii. 95 _n._).

Hillebrandt, A., _Ritual-Litteratur, Vedische Opfer und Zauber_. Strasburg, 1897.

Hillner, Johann, _Volksthümlicher Brauch und Glaube bei Geburt und Taufe im Siebenbürger Sachsenlande_. Apparently a programme of the High School (_Gymnasium_) at Schässburg in Transylvania for the year 1876-1877.

Hill-Tout, C., “Ethnological Report on the Stseelis and Skaulits Tribes of the Halokmelem Division of the Salish of British Columbia,” in _Journal of the Anthropological Institute_, xxxiv. (1904). in “Report of the Committee on the Ethnological Survey of Canada,” _Report of the British Association for the Advancement of Science_. Bradford, 1900. “Report on the Ethnology of the Stlatlum Indians of British Columbia,” in _Journal of the Anthropological Institute_, xxxv. (1905). _The Far West, the Home of the Salish and Déné._ London, 1907.

Himerius, _Orationes_. Ed. Fr. Dübner. Paris (Didot), 1878.

Hinde, S. L., and Hinde, H., _The Last of the Masai_. London, 1901.

Hippocrates, _Opera_. Ed. C. G. Kühn. Leipsic, 1825-1827. _De aere, locis et aquis._ _De morbo sacro_ (quoted by E. Rohde, _Psyche_, Third Edition).

Hippolytus, _Commentary on Daniel_. Ed. G. N. Bonwetsch and H. Achelis. Leipsic, 1897. _Refutatio omnium haeresium._ Ed. L. Duncker and F. G. Schneidewin. Göttingen, 1859.

Hipponax, cited by Strabo. quoted by Athenaeus. quoted by J. Tzetzes, _Chiliades_. Ed. Th. Kiesseling. Leipsic, 1826.

Hirn, Y., _Origins of Art_. London, 1900.

Hirt, H., _Die Indogermanen_. Strasburg, 1905-1907. “Die Urheimat der Indogermanen,” in _Indogermanische Forschungen_, i. (1892).

Hislop, Rev. Alexander, _The Two Babylons_. Edinburgh, 1853.

“Histoire des rois de l’Hindoustan après les Pandaras, traduite du texte hindoustani de Mîr Cher-i Alî Afsos, par M. l’abbé Bertrand,” in _Journal Asiatique_, 4ème Série, iii. Paris, 1844.

_History of the Sect of the Maharajas or Vallabhacharyas._ Published by Trübner. London, 1865.

* Hitchin, _History of Cornwall_, quoted by William Hone, _Every-Day Book_. London, preface dated 1827.

Hoare, Sir Richard Colt, _The Itinerary of Archbishop Baldwin through Wales __A.D. MCLXXXVIII._, by Giraldus de Barri. London, 1806. _See also_ _s.v._ Giraldus Cambrensis.

Hobley, C. W., “British East Africa, Anthropological Studies in Kavirondo and Nandi,” in _Journal of the Anthropological Institute_, xxxiii. (1903). _Eastern Uganda._ London, 1902. “Further Researches into Kikuyu and Kamba Religious Beliefs and Customs,” in _Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute_, xli. (1911). _The Ethnology of A-Kamba and other East African Tribes._ Cambridge, 1910. in letter to the Author (ii. 316 _n._ 3).

Hocker, N., _Des Mosellandes Geschichten, Sagen und Legenden_. Trier, 1852. in _Zeitschrift für deutsche Mythologie und Sittenkunde_, i. (1853).

Hodgson, Adam, _Letters from North America_. London, 1824.

Hodson, T. C., “The _genna_ amongst the Tribes of Assam,” in _Journal of the Anthropological Institute_, xxxvi. (1906). _The Meitheis._ London, 1908. _The Naga Tribes of Manipur._ London, 1911. “The Native Tribes of Manipur,” in _Journal of the Anthropological Institute_, xxxi. (1901).

Hoeck, K., _Kreta_. Göttingen, 1828.

Hoensbroech, Graf von Paul, _14 Jahre Jesuit_. Leipsic, 1909-1910.

Hoëvell, G. W. W. C. Baron van, _Ambon en meer bepaaldelijk de Oeliasers_. Dordrecht, 1875. “Iets over ’t oorlogvoeren der Batta’s,” in _Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indië_, N.S., vii. (1878). in _Internationales Archiv für Ethnographie_, viii. (1895). “Leti-eilanden,” in _Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde_, xxxiii. (1890).

Hoëvell, W. R. van, “Sjaïr Bidasari, een oorspronkelijk Maleisch Gedicht, uitgegeven en van eene Vertaling en Anteekeningen voorzien,” in _Verhandelingen van het Bataviaasch Genootschap van Kunsten en Wetenschappen_, xix. Batavia, 1843.

Hoffman, G., _Auszüge aus Syrischen Akten persisischer Martyrer übersetzt_. Leipsic, 1880.

Hoffman, W. J., “The Menomini Indians,” in _Fourteenth Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology_. Washington, 1896. “The Midewiwin or Grand Medicine Society of the Ojibwa,” in _Seventh Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology_. Washington, 1891.

Hoffmann, E., in _Rheinisches Museum für Philologie_, N.F., l. (1895).

Hoffmann, H., _Sale Catalogue_. Paris, 1888.

Hoffmann-Krayer, E., _Feste and Bräuche des Schweizervolkes_. Zürich, 1913. “Fruchtbarkeitsriten im schweizerischen Volksbrauch,” in _Schweizerisches Archiv für Volkskunde_, xi. (1907).

Hofmayr, P. W., “Religion der Schilluk,” in _Anthropos_, vi. (1911).

Hogarth, D. G., _A Wandering Scholar in the Levant_. London, 1896. _Devia Cypria._ London, 1889. “Recent Hittite Research,” in _Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute_, xxxix. (1909).

Hogarth, D. G., and Munro, J. A. R., “Modern and Ancient Roads in Eastern Asia Minor,” in _Royal Geographical Society Supplementary Papers_, vol. iii. part 5. London, 1893.

Hoggan, Frances, M.D., “The Neck Feast,” in _Folk-lore_, iv. (1893).

Holland, Lieutenant S. C., “The Ainos,” in _Journal of the Anthropological Institute_, iii. (1874).

Hollander, J. J. de, _Handleiding bij de Beoffening der Land- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch Oost-Indië_. Breda, 1882-1884.

Holle, K. F., “Snippers van den Regent van Galoeh,” in _Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde_, xxvii. (1882).

Holley, Missionary, in _Annales de la Propagation de la Foi_, liv. (1882). “Etude sur les Egbas,” in _Les Missions Catholiques_, xiii. (1881).

Hollis, A. C., in letter to the Author (xi. 262 _n._ 2). MS. notes sent to the Author (v. 68 _n._ 1). _The Masai._ Oxford, 1905. _The Nandi, their Language and Folklore._ Oxford, 1909.

Holm, A., _Geschichte Siciliens im Alterthum_. Leipsic, 1870-1874.

Holmberg, H. J., “Ethnographische Skizzen über die Völker des russischen Amerika,” in _Acta Societatis Scientiarum Fennicae_, iv. Helsingfors, 1856.

Holmes, Rev. J., “Initiation Ceremonies of Natives of the Papuan Gulf,” in _Journal of the Anthropological Institute_, xxxii. (1902).

Holtzmann, A., _Das Mahābharata und seine Theile_. Kiel, 1895.

Holub, E., _Sieben Jahre in Süd Afrika_. Vienna, 1881.

Holzmayer, J. B., “Osiliana,” in _Verhandlungen der Gelehrten Estnischen Gesellschaft zu Dorpat_, vii. No. 2. Dorpat, 1872.

Homer, _Hymni_. Ed. Aug. Baumeister. Leipsic, 1860. _Homeric Hymns._ Edited by T. W. Allen and E. E. Sikes. London, 1904. _Hymn to Aphrodite._ _Hymn to Apollo._ _Hymn to Demeter._ _Hymn to Earth._ _Hymn to Mercury_ (Hermes). _Odyssey._ Ed. W. W. Merry. Oxford, 1870-1878.

_Homeward Mail._

Hommel, Fritz, _Grundriss der Geographie und Geschichte des alten Orients_. Second Edition. Munich, 1904. In Iwan von Müller’s _Handbuch der klassischen Altertumswissenschaft_, vol. iii.

Hone, William, _Every-Day Book_. London, N.D., preface dated 1827. _Year Book._ London, N.D., preface dated January 1832.

Hope, R. C., _The Legendary Lore of the Holy Wells of England_. London, 1893.

Horace. Ed. A. J. Macleane. Second Edition. London, 1869. _Ars poetica._ _Carmen Saeculare._ _Epodes._

Horrack, P. J. de, “Lamentations of Isis and Nephthys,” in _Records of the Past_. London, N.D.

Horst, D. W., “Rapport van eene reis naar de Noordkust van Nieuw Guinea,” in _Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde_, xxxii. (1889).

Horton, J. Africanus B., _West African Countries and Peoples_. London, 1868.

Hose, Bishop, “The Contents of a Dyak Medicine Chest,” in _Journal of the Straits Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society_, No. 39, June 1903.

Hose, Dr. Charles, “In the Heart of Borneo,” in _The Geographical Journal_, xvi. (1900). _Notes on the Natives of British Borneo._ (In manuscript.) “The Natives of Borneo,” in _Journal of the Anthropological Institute_, xxiii. (1894). “Various Modes of computing the Time for Planting among the Races of Borneo,” in _Journal of the Straits Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society_, No. 42. Singapore, 1905.

Hose, Ch., and McDougall, W., _The Pagan Tribes of Borneo_. London, 1912. “The Relations between Men and Animals in Sarawak,” in _Journal of the Anthropological Institute_, xxxi. (1901).

Hose, C., and Shelford, R., “Materials for a Study of Tatu in Borneo,” in _Journal of the Anthropological Institute_, xxxvi. (1906).

Hosea, The Book of the Prophet.

Houghton, B., in _Indian Antiquary_, xxv. (1896).

Houghton, E. P., “On the Land Dayaks of Upper Sarawak,” in _Memoirs of the Anthropological Society of London_, iii. (1870).

Housman, Professor A. E., in letter to the Author (x. 221).

Howitt, A. W., “Further Notes on the Australian Class Systems,” in _Journal of the Anthropological Institute_, xviii. (1889). “On Australian Medicine-Men,” in _Journal of the Anthropological Institute_, xvi. (1887). “On some Australian Beliefs,” in _Journal of the Anthropological Institute_, xiii. (1884). “On some Australian Ceremonies of Initiation,” in _Journal of the Anthropological Institute_, xiii. (1884). “On the Migration of the Kurnai Ancestors,” in _Journal of the Anthropological Institute_, xv. (1886). “The Dieri and other Kindred Tribes of Central Australia,” in _Journal of the Anthropological Institute_, xx. (1891). “The Jeraeil, or Initiation Ceremonies of the Kurnai Tribe,” in _Journal of the Anthropological Institute_, xiv. (1885). _The Native Tribes of South-East Australia._ London, 1904.

Howitt, Mary E. B., _Folklore and Legends of some Victorian Tribes_. (In manuscript.)

Hubert, H., and Mauss, M., “Esquisse d’une théorie générale de la magie,” in _L’Année Sociologique_, vii. Paris, 1904. “Essai sur le sacrifice,” in _L’Année Sociologique_, ii. Paris, 1899.

Hublard, Émile, _Fêtes du Temps Jadis, les Feux du Carême_. Mons, 1899.

Hubner, quoted by W. H. Dall, “On Masks, Labrets, and certain Aboriginal Customs,” in _Third Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology_. Washington, 1884.

Huc, _L’Empire chinois_. Fourth Edition. Paris, 1862. Fifth Edition. Paris, 1879. _Souvenirs d’un voyage dans la Tartarie et le Thibet._ Sixième Edition. Paris, 1878.

Hueber, “A travers l’Australie,” in _Bulletin de la Société de Géographie_ (Paris), 5ème Série, ix. (1865).

Huelsen, Ch., _Die Ausgrabungen auf dem Forum Romanum_. Second Edition. Rome, 1903.

Hügel, Baron Charles, _Travels in Kashmir and the Panjab_. London, 1845.

Hughes, Miss E. P. Private communication (xi. 10 _n._ 1).

Humann, K., und Puchstein, O., _Reisen in Kleinasien und Nordsyrien_. Berlin, 1890.

Humbert, A., _Le Japon illustré_. Paris, 1870.

Humboldt, A. de, _Voyage aux régions équinoxiales du Nouveau Continent_. Paris, 1819.

Humboldt, Alex. von, _Researches concerning the Institutions and Monuments of the Ancient Inhabitants of America_. London, 1814. _Kosmos._ Stuttgart and Tübingen, 1845. English version. Edited by E. Sabine.

Hunt, Robert, _Popular Romances of the West of England_. Third Edition. London, 1881.

Hunter, W. W., _Annals of Rural Bengal_. Fifth Edition. London, 1872. _Orissa._ London, 1872.

Hupe, C., “Korte Verhandeling over de Godsdienst, Zeden enz. der Dajakkers,” in _Tijdschrift voor Neêrlands Indië_. Batavia, 1846.

Hurgronje, C. Snouck, _De Atjéhers_. Batavia and Leyden, 1893-1894. _Het Gajöland en zijne Bewoners._ Batavia, 1903.

Hutchinson, Thomas J., _Impressions of Western Africa_. London, 1858. “On the Chaco and other Indians of South America,” in _Transactions of the Ethnological Society of London_, N.S., iii. (1865).

* Hutchinson, W., _History of Northumberland_, quoted by J. Brand, _Popular Antiquities of Great Britain_, ii., Bohn’s Edition. _View of Northumberland._ Newcastle, 1778.

Hyde, Douglas, _A Literary History of Ireland_. London, 1899. _Beside the Fire, a Collection of Irish Gaelic Folk Stories._ London, 1890.

Hyde, Thomas, _Historia religionis veterum Persarum_. Oxford, 1700.

Hyginus, _Astronomica_. Ed. Bern. Bunte. Leipsic, 1874. _Fabulae._ Ed. Bern. Bunte. Leipsic, N.D.

Hylten-Cavallius, quoted by F. Liebrecht, _Zur Volkskunde_.

_Hymns of the Atharva-Veda._ Translated by Maurice Bloomfield. Oxford, 1897. (_Sacred Books of the East_, vol. xlii.)

_Hymns of the Rigveda._ Translated by R. T. H. Griffith, Benares, 1889-1892.

Hyperides, _Orationes_. Ed. Fr. Blass. Second Edition. Leipsic, 1881.

Ibbetson, D. C. J., _Outlines of Panjáb Ethnography_. Calcutta, 1883. _Report on the Revision of Settlement of the Panipat, Tahsil, and Karnal Parganah of the Karnal District._ Allahabad, 1883.

Ibn Batoutah, _Voyages_. Texte Arabe, accompagné d’une traduction par C. Défrémery et B. R. Sanguinetti. Paris, 1853-1858.

Ideler, L., _Handbuch der mathematischen und technischen Chronologie_. Berlin, 1825-1826.

“Ieso-Ki, ou description de l’île d’Iesso, avec une notice sur la révolte de Samsay-in, composée par l’interprète Kannemon,” printed in Malte-Brun’s _Annales des Voyages_, xxiv. Paris, 1814.

“Iets over het bijgeloof in de Minahasa,” in _Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indië_, 3ème Série, iv. (1870).

Ihering, R. von, _Vorgeschichte der Indoeuropäer_. Leipsic, 1894.

Ihm, _s.vv._ “Abnoba” and “Arduinna,” in Pauly-Wissowa’s _Real-Encyclopädie der classischen Altertumswissenschaft_.

_Il Fetha Nagast o legislazione dei re, codice ecclesiastico e civile di Abissinia._ Tradotto e annotato da Ignazio Guidi. Rome, 1899.

_Illustrated Missionary News, The._

Im Thurn, (Sir) Everard F., _Among the Indians of Guiana_. London, 1883.

Imhoof-Blumer, F., “Coin-types of some Kilikian Cities,” in _Journal of Hellenic Studies_, xviii. (1898). _Kleinasiatische Münzen._ Vienna, 1901-1902. _s.v._ “Kronos,” in W. H. Roscher’s _Lexikon der griechischen und römischen Mythologie_, ii. _Monnaies Grecques._ Amsterdam, 1883. (_Verhandelingen der Koninklijke Akademie von Wetenschappen_, Afdeeling Letterkunde, xiv.) “Zur Münzkunde Kilikiens,” in _Zeitschrift für Numismatik_, x. (1883).

Imhoof-Blumer, F., and Gardner, P., _Numismatic Commentary on Pausanias_.

Imhoof-Blumer, F., und Keller, O., _Tier- und Pflanzenbilder auf Münzen und Gemmen des klassischen Altertums_. Leipsic, 1889.

Immerwahr, W., _Die Kulte und Mythen Arkadiens_. Leipsic, 1891.

Immisch, O., in W. H. Roscher’s _Lexikon der griechischen und römischen Mythologie_, ii.

_Independent Review, The._

_India in the Fifteenth Century, being a Collection of Voyages to India in the Century preceding the Portuguese Discovery of the Cape of Good Hope._ Edited by R. H. Major. Hakluyt Society. London, 1857.

_Indian Antiquary, The._

_Indian Museum Notes, issued by the Trustees_, vol. i. No. 3. Calcutta, 1890.

_Indian Notes and Queries._

_Indiculus Superstitionum et Paganiarum._ Published with a Commentary by H. A. Saupe. Leipsic, 1891.

_Indogermanische Forschungen._

Ingulfus, _Historia_, quoted in G. H. Pertz’s _Monumenta Germaniae historica_, i.

_Inscriptiones Graecae Siliciae et Italiae._ Ed. G. Kaibel. Berlin, 1890.

_Internationales Archiv für Ethnographie._

_International Folk-lore Congress, 1891, Papers and Transactions._ Edited by J. Jacobs and A. Nutt. London, 1892.

Ipolyi, A. von, “Beiträge zur deutschen Mythologie aus Ungarn,” in _Zeitschrift für deutsche Mythologie und Sittenkunde_, i. (1853).

Irby, C. L., and Mangles, J., _Travels in Egypt and Nubia, Syria and the Holy Land_. London, 1844.

Irenaeus, quoted by H. Usener, _Das Weinachtsfest_.

* _Irish Times, The._

Irle, Missionar J., _Die Herero, ein Beitrag zur Landes- Volks- und Missions-kunde_. Gütersloh, 1906.

Irving, Washington, _Sketch-Book_. Bohn’s Edition.

Isaacs, Nathaniel, _Travels and Adventures in Eastern Africa_. London, 1836.

Isaeus, _Speeches_. Ed. William Wyse. Cambridge, 1904.

Isaiah, The Book of the Prophet.

Isocrates, _Orationes_. Ed. G. E. Benseler. Leipsic, 1867-1871. _Evagoras._ _Panegyricus._

Iyer, L. K. Anantha Krishna, _The Cochin Tribes and Castes_. Madras, 1909-1912.

* J. W., in _The Gentleman’s Magazine_, vol. lxi., February 1791, quoted by J. Brand, _Popular Antiquities of Great Britain_, i., and by (Mrs.) E. M. Leather, _The Folk-lore of Herefordshire_.

Jablonski, P. E., _Pantheon Aegyptiorum_. Frankfort, 1750-1752.

Jackson, A. V. Williams, “Notes from India, Second Series,” in _Journal of the American Oriental Society_, xxiii. (1902).

Jackson, F. Arthur, “A Fijian Legend of the Origin of the _Vilavilairevo_ or Fire Ceremony,” in _Journal of the Polynesian Society_, vol. iii. No. 2 (June 1894)

Jackson, J., in J. E. Erskine’s _Journal of a Cruise among the Islands of the Western Pacific_. London, 1853.

Jackson, Rev. Sheldon, “Alaska and its Inhabitants,” in _The American Antiquarian_, ii. Chicago, 1879-1880.

* Jacob, _Mœurs et Coutumes du moyen âge_, quoted by L. J. B. Bérenger-Feraud, _Superstitions et Survivances_, iv. Paris, 1896.

Jacob, G., _Altarabisches Beduinenleben_. Second Edition. Berlin, 1897.

Jacob’s von Edessa, _Canones_, übersetzt und erläutert von C. Kayser. Leipsic, 1886.

Jacobs, Julius, _Eenigen tijd onder de Baliërs_. Batavia, 1883.

Jacobsen, Captain, cited in _Internationales Archiv für Ethnologie_, i. (1888).

Jacobsen, J. Adrian, “Geheimbünde der Küstenbewohner Nordwest-America’s,” in _Verhandlungen der Berliner Gesellschaft für Anthropologie, Ethnologie und Urgeschichte_ (1891). _Reisen in die Inselwelt des Banda-Meeres._ Berlin, 1896.

Jacottet, É., _Études sur les Langues du Haut-Zambèze_, Troisième Partie. Paris, 1901.

Jagor, “Über die Badagas im Nilgiri-Gebirge,” in _Verhandlungen der Berliner Gesellschaft für Anthropologie_ (1876). in _Verhandlungen der Berliner Gesellschaft für Anthropologie_, 1877 (bound with _Zeitschrift für Ethnologie_, ix.).

Jagor, F., “Bericht über verschiedene Volksstämme in Vorderindien,” in _Zeitschrift für Ethnologie_, xxvi. (1894).

Jahn, Otto, _Archäologische Beiträge_. Berlin, 1847. in _Archäologische Zeitung_, vii. (1849).

Jahn, Ulrich, _Die deutschen Opfergebräuche bei Ackerbau und Viehzucht_. Breslau, 1884. _Hexenwesen und Zauberei in Pommern._ Breslau, 1886. _Volkssagen aus Pommern und Rügen._ Stettin, 1886.

_Jahrbuch des kaiserlichen deutschen Archäologischen Instituts._

_Jahresbericht der geographischen Gesellschaft von Bern._ Bern, 1900.

Jamblichus, _Adhortatio ad philosophiam_. Ed. M. Theophilus Kiessling. Leipsic, 1813. _De mysteriis._ Ed. G. Parthey. Berlin, 1857. _De vita Pythagorae._ Ed. Ant. Westermann. Paris (Didot), 1878.

James, Edwin, _Account of an Expedition from Pittsburgh to the Rocky Mountains_. London, 1823.

James, M. E., “The Tide,” in _Folklore_, ix. (1898).

James, Dr. M. R., in _The Classical Review_, vi. (1892).

Jamieson, John, _Etymological Dictionary of the Scottish Language_. New Edition. Edited by J. Longmuir and D. Donaldson. Paisley, 1879-1882.

Jastrow, M., _Die Religion Babyloniens und Assyriens_. Giessen, 1905-1912. _s.v._ “Hittites,” in _Encyclopaedia Biblica_, ii. _The Religion of Babylonia and Assyria._ Boston, U.S.A., 1898.

_Jatakas, The, or Stories of the Buddha’s former Births._ Translated into English by the late Professor E. B. Cowell, Dr. W. H. D. Rouse, and other scholars. 6 vols. Cambridge, 1895-1907.

Jaussen, Antonin, _Coutumes des Arabes au pays de Moab_. Paris, 1908. “Coutumes Arabes,” in _Revue Biblique_, 1er avril 1903.

Jelínek, Br., “Materialien zur Vorgeschichte und Volkskunde Böhmens,” in _Mittheilungen der anthropologischen Gesellschaft in Wien_, xxi. (1891).

Jenks, A. E., _The Bontoc Igorot_. Manila, 1905.

Jensen, P., _Assyrisch-Babylonische Mythen und Epen_. Berlin, 1900. _Die Kosmologie der Babylonier._ Strasburg, 1890. “Elamitische Eigennamen,” in _Wiener Zeitschrift für die Kunde des Morgenlandes_, vi. (1892). _Hittiter und Armenier._ Strasburg, 1898. quoted by Th. Nöldeke, in _Encyclopaedia Biblica_, _s.v._ “Esther,” vol. ii. London, 1901.

Jeremiah, The Book of the Prophet.

Jeremias, A., _Das Alte Testament im Lichte des Alten Orients_. Second Edition. Leipsic, 1906. _Die babylonisch-assyrischen Vorstellungen vom Leben nach dem Tode._ Leipsic, 1887. _Izdubar-Nimrod._ Leipsic, 1891. _s.vv._ “Marduk” and “Nergal,” in W. H. Roscher’s _Lexikon der griechischen und römischen Mythologie_.

Jerome, _Commentarium in Epistolam ad Galatas_, in Migne’s _Patrologia Latina_, vol. xxvi. _Commentarium in Ezechielem_, in Migne’s _Patrologia Latina_, xxv. _Epistolae_, in Migne’s _Patrologia Latina_, xxii. on Jeremiah vii. 31, quoted in Winer’s _Biblisches Realwörterbuch_, _s.v._ “Thopeth.” Second Edition. quoted by E. Meyer, in _Zeitschrift der Deutschen Morgenländischen Gesellschaft_, xxxi. quoted by F. C. Movers, in _Die Phoenizier_. Bonn, 1841.

Jerome of Prague, quoted by Aeneas Sylvius, _Opera_. Bâle, 1571.

Jessen, _s.v._ “Marsyas,” in W. H. Roscher’s _Lexikon der griechischen und römischen Mythologie_, ii.

Jessen, E. J., _De Finnorum Lapponumque Norvegicorum religione pagana tractatus singularis_. (Bound up with C. Leemius’s _De Lapponibus Finmarchiae eorumque lingua, vita, et religione pristina commentatio_. Copenhagen, 1767.)

Jessopp, A., and James, M. R., _Life and Miracles of St. William of Norwich_. Cambridge, 1896.

_Jesup North Pacific Expedition, Memoir of the American Museum of Natural History._ New York.

Jetté, Fr. Julius, S. J., “On the Medicine-Men of the Ten’a,” in _Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute_, xxxvii. (1907). “On the Superstitions of the Ten’a Indians,” in _Anthropos_, vi. (1911).

Jevons, Dr. F. B., “Greek Law and Folklore,” in _The Classical Review_, ix. (1895). _Introduction to the History of Religion._ London, 1896. _Plutarch’s Romane Questions._ London, 1892.

Jewitt, John R. _See_ _s.v._ Narrative.

Joannes Lydus. Ed. I. Bekker. Bonn, 1837. _De magistratibus._ _De mensibus._

Job, The Book of.

Jochelson, W., “Die Jukagiren im äussersten Nordosten Asiens,” in _Jahresbericht der Geographischen Gesellschaft von Bern_, xvii. Bern, 1900. “The Koryak, Religion and Myths,” in _Memoir of the American Museum of Natural History, The Jesup North Pacific Expedition_, vol. vi. part i. Leyden and New York, 1908.

Jochim, E. F., “Beschrijving van den Sapoedi Archipel,” in _Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde_, xxxvi. (1893).

Joest, W., “Bei den Barolong,” in _Das Ausland_, 16th June 1884. “Beiträge zur Kenntniss der Eingebornen der Insel Formosa und Ceram,” in _Verhandlungen der Berliner Gesellschaft für Anthropologie, Ethnologie, und Urgeschichte_ (1882). in B. Scheube’s _Die Ainos_. _Johanni Apostoli de transitu Beatae Mariae Virginis Liber_: ex recensione et cum interpretatione Maximiliani Engeri. Elberfeldae, 1854.

John, Alois, _Sitte, Brauch und Volksglaube im deutschen Westböhmen_. Prague, 1905.

John of Antioch, in _Fragmenta Historicorum Graecorum_, ed. C. Müller, vol. iv.

Johns, Rev. C. H. W., _Babylonian and Assyrian Laws, Contracts, and Letters_. Edinburgh, 1904. in private communications to the Author (ix. 357 _n._ 2, 367 _nn._ 2 and 3). “Notes on the Code of Hammurabi,” in _The American Journal of Semitic Languages and Literatures_, xix. (January, 1903). “Purim,” in _Encyclopaedia Biblica_, iii. London, 1902.

* Johnson, Bishop James, “Yoruba Heathenism,” quoted by R. E. Dennett, _At the Back of the Black Man’s Mind_. London, 1906.

Johnson, Dr. Samuel, _A Journey to the Western Islands of Scotland_. (_The Works of Samuel Johnson, LL.D._, vol. vi. Edited by the Rev. R. Lynam. London, 1825). _Journey to the Western Islands of Scotland._ Baltimore, 1810.

Johnston, C., in _Journal of the American Oriental Society_, xviii., First Half (1897).

Johnston, (Sir) Harry H., “A Visit to Mr. Stanley’s Stations on the River Congo,” in _Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society_, N.S., v. (1883). _British Central Africa._ London, 1897. _Liberia._ London, 1906. “On the Races of the Congo,” in _Journal of the Anthropological Institute_, xiii. (1884). _The River Congo._ London, 1884. _The Uganda Protectorate._ Second Edition. London, 1904.

Johnston, R. F., _Lion and Dragon in Northern China_. London, 1910.

Johnstone, Rev. A., in Sir John Sinclair’s _Statistical Account of Scotland_, xxi. Edinburgh, 1791-1799.

Johnstone, H. B., “Notes on the Customs of the Tribes occupying Mombasa Sub-district, British East Africa,” in _Journal of the Anthropological Institute_, xxxii. (1902).

Jolly, J., _Recht und Sitte_, in G. Bühler’s _Grundriss der indoarischen Philologie_.

Jones, Bryan J., in _Folk-lore_, vi. (1895).

Jones, Peter, _History of the Ojebway Indians_. London, N.D.

Jones, W., _Finger-ring Lore_. London, 1877.

Jones, W. H., and Kropf, L. L., _The Folk-tales of the Magyar_. London, 1889.

Jonghe, Ed. de, _Les Sociétés Secrètes au Bas-Congo_. Brussels, 1907. (Extract from the * _Revue des Questions Scientifiques_, October 1907.)

Jordan, H., _Die Könige im alten Italien_. Berlin, 1884. _Topographie der Stadt Rom im Altertum._ Berlin, 1878-1907.

Jordanus, Friar, _The Wonders of the East_. Translated by Colonel Henry Yule. Hakluyt Society. London, 1863.

Jornandes, _Romana et Getica_. Ed. Th. Mommsen. Berlin, 1882.

Josephus, _Opera_. Ed. Im. Bekker. Leipsic, 1855-1856. _Antiquitates Judaicae._ _Bellum Judaicum._ _Contra Apionem._

Joshi, Pandit Janardan, in _North Indian Notes and Queries_, iii. (September 1893).

Joshua, The Book of.

Joske, A. B., “The Nanga of Viti-levu,” in _Internationales Archiv für Ethnographie_, ii. (1889).

Joubert, quoted by Matthew Arnold, _Essays in Criticism_. First Series, London, 1898.

_Journal and Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal._

_Journal and Proceedings of the Royal Society of New South Wales._

_Journal Asiatique._

_Journal des Savants._

_Journal of American Folk-lore._

_Journal of Hellenic Studies._

_Journal of Philology._

_Journal of Roman Studies._

_Journal of Sacred Literature and Biblical Record._ New Series, London, 1865.

_Journal of the African Society._

_Journal of the American Oriental Society._

_Journal of the Anthropological Society of Bombay._

_Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal._

_Journal of the China Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society for the Year 1891-92._ N.S.

_Journal of the Eastern Archipelago and Eastern Asia._

_Journal of the Ethnological Society of London._

_Journal of the Indian Archipelago._

_Journal of the North China Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society._ New Series.

_Journal of the Polynesian Society._

_Journal of the (Royal) Anthropological Institute of Great Britain and Ireland._

_Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society of Great Britain and Ireland._

_Journal of the Royal Geographical Society._

_Journal of the Straits Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society._

Joustra, M., “De Zending onder de Karo-Batak’s,” in _Mededeelingen van wege het Nederlandsche Zendelinggenootschap_, xli. (1897). “Het leven, de zeden en gewoonten der Bataks,” in _Mededeelingen van wege het Nederlandsche Zendelinggenootschap_, xlvi. (1902). “Naar het landschap Goenoeng,” in _Mededeelingen van wege het Nederlandsche Zendelinggenootschap_, xlv. (1901).

Joyce, P. W., _A Social History of Ancient Ireland_. London, 1903.

Joyce, T. A., “The Weeping God,” in _Essays and Studies presented to William Ridgeway_. Cambridge, 1913. _See also_ _s.v._ Torday, E.

Juan de la Concepcion, _Historia general de Philipinas_. Manilla, 1788-1792.

Jubainville, H. d’Arbois de, _Cours de la littérature celtique_. Paris, 1883-1902. _Les Druides et les Dieux Celtiques à forme d’animaux._ Paris, 1906.

Judges, The Book of.

Jülg, B., _Kalmückische Märchen_. Leipsic, 1866. _Mongolische Märchen-Sammlung, die neun Märchen des Siddhi-Kür._ Innsbruck, 1868.

Julian, _Opera_. Ed. F. C. Hertlein. Leipsic, 1875-1876. _Convivium._ _Epistola ad Themistium._

Julian, C., in Daremberg et Saglio’s _Dictionnaire des antiquités grecques et romaines_, ii.

Julien, Stanislas, _Le Livre des Récompenses et des Peines, traduit du Chinois_. Paris, 1835.

Julius Capitolinus, _Gordiani tres_, in _Scriptores Historiae Augustae_. Ed. H. Peter. Leipsic, 1884.

Junghuhn, Fr., _Die Battaländer auf Sumatra_. Berlin, 1847.

Junod, Henri A., _Les Ba-ronga_. Neuchâtel, 1898. _Les Chants et les Contes des Ba-ronga._ Lausanne, N.D. “Les Conceptions physiologiques des Bantou Sud-Africains et leurs tabous,” in _Revue d’Ethnographie et de Sociologie_, i. (1910). _The Life of a South African Tribe._ Neuchâtel, 1912-1913.

Justin, _Historiarum Philippicarum Epitoma_. Ed. J. Jeep. Leipsic, 1862.

Justin Martyr, _Apologiae_. Ed. G. Krüger. Tübingen and Leipsic, 1904. _Cohortatio ad Graecos._ Ed. P. Maran. The Hague and Paris, 1742. _Dialogus cum Tryphone_, in Migne’s _Patrologia Graeca_, vi.

Juvenal, _Satires_. Ed. A. J. Macleane. London, 1867. _Thirteen Satires._ With a Commentary by John E. B. Mayor. Second Edition. London and Cambridge, 1869-1878.

Kaempfer, Engelbert, _History of Japan_. Translated from the original Dutch manuscript by J. G. Scheuchzer. London, 1728. “History of Japan,” in John Pinkerton’s _Voyages and Travels_, vii.

Kaindl, Dr. R. F., “Aus dem Volksglauben der Rutenen in Galizien,” in _Globus_, lxiv. (1893). “Aus der Volksüberlieferung der Bojken,” in _Globus_, lxxix. (1901). _Die Huzulen._ Vienna, 1894. “Neue Beiträge zur Ethnologie und Volkeskunde der Huzulen,” in _Globus_, lxix. (1896). “Viehzucht und Viehzauber in den Ostkarpaten,” in _Globus_, lxix. (1896). “Volksüberlieferungen der Pidhireane,” in _Globus_, lxxiii. (1898). “Zauberglaube bei den Huzulen,” in _Globus_, lxxvi. (1899). “Zauberglaube bei den Rutenen in der Bukowina und Galizien,” in _Globus_, lxi. (1892). “Zur Volkskunde der Rumänen in der Bukowina,” in _Globus_, xcii. (1907).

* Kamp, Jens, _Danske Folkeminder_. Odense, 1877. (Referred to in * _Feilberg’s Bidrag til en Ordbog over Jyske Almuesmål_. Ferdje hefte. Copenhagen, 1888.)

Karadschitsch, W. S., _Volksmärchen der Serben_. Berlin, 1854.

Karaka, D. J., _History of the Modern Parsis_. London, 1884.

Karasek, A., “Beiträge zur Kenntnis der Waschambaa,” in _Baessler-Archiv_, i. Leipsic and Berlin, 1911.

Karppe, referred to in _Encyclopaedia Biblica_, _s.v._ “Creation.”

Kate, H. Ten, “Notes ethnographiques sur les Comanches,” in _Revue d’Ethnographie_, iv. (1885).

_Katha Sarit Ságara._ Translated by C. H. Tawney. Calcutta, 1880.

Kauffmann, Fr., _Balder, Mythus und Sage_. Strasburg, 1902.

Kaul, Pandit Harikishan, _Report_, in _Census of India, 1911_, vol. xiv. _Punjab_, Part I. Lahore, 1912.

_Kausika Sutra._ (W. Caland, _Altindisches Zauberritual_. Amsterdam, 1900.)

Kay, Stephen, _Travels and Researches in Caffraria_. London, 1833.

Kazarow, G., “Karnevalbräuche in Bulgarien,” in _Archiv für Religionswissenschaft_, xi. (1908).

Keating, Geoffrey, D.D., _The History of Ireland_. Translated from the original Gaelic and copiously annotated, by John O’Mahony. New York, 1857.

Keating, William H., _Narrative of an Expedition to the Source of St. Peter’s River_. London, 1825.

Keats, John. _Last Sonnet._

Keller, Ferdinand, _The Lake Dwellings of Switzerland and other Parts of Europe_. Second Edition. London, 1878.

Keller, Franz, _The Amazon and Madeira Rivers_. London, 1874.

Keller, J., “Über das Land und Volk der Balong,” in _Deutsches Kolonialblatt_, 1 Oktober 1895.

Keller, O., _Thiere des classischen Alterthums_. Innsbruck, 1887.

* Kelly, John, LL.D., _English and Manx Dictionary_. Douglas, 1866. (Referred to by J. A. MacCulloch, _s.v._ “Calendar,” in Dr. James Hastings’s _Encyclopaedia of Religion and Ethics_, iii. Edinburgh, 1910.)

Kelly, Walter K., _Curiosities of Indo-European Tradition and Folk-lore_. London, 1863.

Kemble, John Mitchell_, The Saxons in England_. London, 1849. New Edition. London, 1876.

* Kennan, G., _Tent Life in Siberia_ (1870). (Referred to by J. F. McLennan, _Studies in Ancient History_. London, 1886.)

Kennedy, A. R. S., _Leviticus and Numbers_, Edinburgh, N.D. (in the _Century Bible_).

Kennedy, Patrick, _Legendary Fictions of the Irish Celts_. London, 1866.

Kennett, R. H., _The Composition of the Book of Isaiah in the Light of History and Archaeology_. London, 1910.

K[ern], H., “Bijgeloof onder de inlanders in den Oosthoek van Java,” in _Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde_, xxvi. (1880).

Kern, H., “Een Spanisch schrijver over den godsdienst der heidensche Bikollers,” in _Bijdragen tot de Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch-Indie_, xlvii. (1897).

Kern, O., in _Aus der Anomia, Archäologische Beiträge Carl Robert zur Erinnerung an Berlin dargebracht_. Berlin, 1890. _Die Inschriften von Magnesia am Maeander._ Berlin, 1900. _s.v._ “Dionysus,” in Pauly-Wissowa’s _Real-Encyclopädie der classischen Altertumswissenschaft_, v.

* Keysler, _Antiquitates Septentrionales_. (Referred to by A. Kuhn, _Die Herabkunft des Feuers und des Göttertranks_. Second Edition. Gütersloh, 1886.)

Keysser, Ch., “Aus dem Leben der Kaileute,” in R. Neuhauss’s _Deutsch Neu-Guinea_, iii. Berlin, 1911.

Kidd, Dudley, _Savage Childhood, a Study of Kafir Children_. London, 1906. _The Essential Kafir._ London, 1904.

Kielhorn, Professor F., “The Sixty-Year Cycle of Jupiter,” in _The Indian Antiquary_, xviii. (1889).

Kinahan, G. H., “Notes on Irish Folk-lore,” in _Folk-lore Record_, iv. (1881).

King, C. W., _The Gnostics and their Remains_. Second Edition. London, 1887.

King, J. E., “Infant Burial,” in _The Classical Review_, xvii. (1903).

King, Captain J. S., “Notes on the Folk-lore and some Social Customs of the Western Somali Tribes,” in _The Folk-lore Journal_, vi. (1888).

King, L. W., _A History of Sumer and Akkad_. London, 1910. _Babylonian Religion and Mythology._ London, 1899.

Kinglake, A. W., _Eothen_. Temple Classics Edition.

Kings, The First Book of the.

Kings, The Second Book of the.

Kingsley, Mary H., in _Journal of the Anthropological Institute_, xxix. (1899). _Travels in West Africa._ London, 1897.

Kirchmeyer, Thomas, _Regnum Papisticum_. Translated into English by Barnabe Googe. _See above_, _s.v._ Googe.

Kirkland, Rev. Mr., quoted by W. M. Beauchamp, “The Iroquois White Dog Feast,” in _American Antiquarian_, vii. (1885).

Kirkpatrick, A. F., _The First Book of Samuel_, Cambridge, 1891; _The Second Book of Samuel_, Cambridge, 1893 (in _Cambridge Bible for Schools and Colleges_).

Kitching, Rev. A. L., _On the Backwaters of the Nile_. London, 1912.

Kittel, R., _Biblia Hebraica_. Leipsic, 1905-1906.

Klausen, R. H., _Aeneas und die Penaten_. Hamburg and Gotha, 1839-1840.

Kleintitschen, P. A., _Die Küstenbewohner der Gazellehalbinsel_. Hiltrup bei Münster, N.D., preface dated Christmas, 1906.

Klerks, E. A., “Geographisch en ethnographisch opstel over de landschappen Korintje, Sĕrampas en Soengai Tĕnang,” in _Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde_, xxxix. (1897).

Klose, H., _Togo unter deutscher Flagge_. Berlin, 1899.

Klunzinger, C. B., _Bilder aus Oberägypten, der Wüste und dem Rothen Meere_. Stuttgart, 1877. _Upper Egypt, its People and Products._ London, 1878.

Knaack, G., “Zur Meleagersage,” in _Rheinisches Museum_, N.F., xlix. (1894).

Knebel, J., “Amulettes javanaises,” in _Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde_, xl. (1898). “De Weertijger op Midden-Java, der Javaan naverteld,” in _Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde_, xli. (1899). “Varia Javanica,” in _Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde_, xliv. (1901).

Knight-Bruce, G. W. H., _Memories of Mashonaland_. London and New York, 1895. in _Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society_, 1890.

Knoop, O., _Volkssagen, Erzählungen, Aberglauben, Gebräuche und Märchen aus dem östlichen Hinterpommern_. Posen, 1885.

Knowles, J. H., _Folk-tales of Kashmir_. Second Edition. London, 1893.

Koch, Theodor, “Die Anthropophagie der südamerikanischen Indianer,” in _Internationales Archiv für Ethnographie_, xii. (1899).

Koch-Grünberg, Th., “Frauenarbeit bei den Indianern Nordwest-Brasiliens,” in _Mitteilungen der Anthropologischen Gesellschaft in Wien_, xxxviii. (1908). _Zwei Jahre unter den Indianern._ Berlin, 1909-1910.

Ködding, W., “Die batakschen Götter und ihr Verhältniss zum Brahmanismus,” in _Allgemeine Missions-Zeitschrift_, xii. (1885).

Kohl, J. G., _Die deutsch-russischen Ostseeprovinzen_. Dresden and Leipsic, 1841. _Kitschi-Gami._ Bremen, 1859.

Kohlbrugge, J. H. F., “Die Tĕnggĕresen, ein alter Javanischen Volksstamm,” in _Bijdragen tot de Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch-Indië_, liii. (1901). “Naamgeving in Insulinde,” in _Bijdragen tot de Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch-Indië_, li. (1900), lii. (1901).

Kohler, J., “Das Banturecht in Ostafrika,” in _Zeitschrift für vergleichende Rechtswissenschaft_, xv. (1902). “Das Recht der Herero,” in _Zeitschrift für vergleichende Rechtswissenschaft_, xiv. (1900).

Köhler, J. A. E., _Volksbrauch, Aberglauben, Sagen und andre alte Überlieferungen im Voigtlande_. Leipsic, 1867.

Köhler, Dr. Reinhold, _Kleinere Schriften_. Weimar, 1898. in _Orient und Occident_, ii. Göttingen, 1864. in L. Gonzenbach’s _Sicilianische Märchen_. Leipsic, 1870. “Sage von Landerwerbung durch zerschnittene Häute,” in _Orient und Occident_, iii.

Koike, Masanao, “Zwei Jahren in Korea,” in _Internationales Archiv für Ethnographie_, iv. (1891).

Kolbe, W., _Hessische Volks-Sitten und Gebräuche im Lichte der heidnischen Vorzeit_. Second Edition. Marburg, 1888.

Kolben, Peter, _The Present State of the Cape of Good Hope_. Second Edition. London, 1738.

* Kolberg, Oskar, in _Mazowsze_, vol. iv., quoted by F. S. Krauss, “Altslavische Feuergewinnung,” in _Globus_, lix. (1891).

Koldewey, R., “Das sogenannte Grab des Sardanapal zu Tarsus,” in _Aus der Anomia_. Berlin, 1890. _Die Hettitische Inschrift gefunden in der Königsburg von Babylon._ Leipsic, 1900. (_Wissenschaftliche Veröffentlichungen der Deutschen Orient-Gesellschaft_, Heft 1.)

Kollmann, P., _The Victoria Nyanza_. London, 1899.

Kostromitonow, “Bemerkungen über die Indianer in Ober-Kalifornien,” in K. F. v. Baer and Gr. v. Helmersen’s _Beiträge zur Kenntniss des russischen Reiches_, i. St. Petersburg, 1839.

Kotzebue, O. von, _Entdeckungs-Reise in die Süd-See und nach der Berings-Strasse_. Weimar, 1821. _Reise um die Welt._ Weimar, 1830.

Kowalewsky, M., in _Folk-lore_, i. (1890).

Krahmer, “Der Anadyr-Bezirk nach A. W. Olssufjew,” in _Petermann’s Mittheilungen_, xlv. (1899).

Kramer, Fr., “Der Götzendienst der Niasser,” in _Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde_, xxxiii. (1890).

Kranz, A., _Natur- und Kulturleben der Zulus_. Wiesbaden, 1880.

Krapf, J. L., _Travels, Researches, and Missionary Labours during an Eighteen Years’ Residence in Eastern Africa_. London, 1860.

Krascheninnikow, S., _Beschreibung des Landes Kamtschatka_. Lemgo, 1766.

Krause, Aurel, _Die Tlinkit-Indianer_. Jena, 1885.

Krause, E., “Abergläubische Kuren und songstiger Aberglaube in Berlin und nächster Umgebung,” in _Zeitschrift für Ethnologie_, xv. (1883). “Das Sommertags-Fest in Heidelberg,” in _Verhandlungen der Berliner Gesellschaft für Anthropologie_, 1895.

Krause, G. A., “Merkwürdige Sitten der Haussa,” in _Globus_, lxix. (1896).

Krause, R., _Sitten, Gebräuche und Aberglauben in Westpreussen_. Berlin, preface dated March 1904.

Krauss, Friedrich S., “Altslavische Feuergewinnung,” in _Globus_, lix. (1891). “Der Bauopfer bei den Südslaven,” in _Mittheilungen der Anthropologischen Gesellschaft in Wien_, xvii. (1887). “Haarschurgodschaft bei den Südslaven,” in _Internationales Archiv für Ethnographie_, vii. (1894). _Kroatien und Slavonien._ Vienna, 1889. _Sagen und Märchen der Südslaven._ Leipsic, 1883-1884. _Sitte und Brauch der Südslaven._ Vienna, 1885. “Slavische Feuerbohrer,” in _Globus_, lix. (1891) “Vampyre im südslavischen Volksglauben,” in _Globus_, lxi. (1892). _Volksglaube und religiöser Brauch der Südslaven._ Münster i. W., 1890.

Kreemer, J., “De Loeboes in Mandailing,” in _Bijdragen tot de Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch-Indië_, lxvi. (1912). “Hoe de Javaan zijne zieken verzorgt,” in _Mededeelingen van wege het Nederlandsche Zendelinggenootschap_, xxxvi. (1892). “Regenmaken, Oedjoeng, Tooverij onder de Javanen,” in _Mededeelingen van wege het Nederlandsche Zendelinggenootschap_, xxx. (1886). “Tiang-dèrès,” in _Mededeelingen van wege het Nederlandsche Zendelinggenootschap_, xxvi. (1882).

Krefft, Gerard, “On the Manners and Customs of the Aborigines of the Lower Murray and Darling,” in _Transactions of the Philosophical Society of New South Wales_, 1862-1865. Sydney, 1866.

Kretschmer, P., _Einleitung in die Geschichte der griechischen Sprache_. Göttingen, 1896.

Kreutzwald, Fr., und Neus, H., _Mythische und magische Lieder der Ehsten_. St. Petersburg, 1854.

Krick, Missionary, in _Annales de la Propagation de la Foi_, xxvi. (1854).

Krieger, Max, _Neu-Guinea_. Berlin, N.D., preface dated 1899.

* Kristensen, E. T., _Iydske Folkeminder_. (Referred to in * Feilberg’s _Bidrag til en Ordbog over Jyske Almuesmål_. Fjerde hefte. Copenhagen, 1888.)

Kroeber, A. L., “The Religion of the Indians of California,” in _University of California Publications in American Archaeology and Ethnology_, vol. iv. No. 6. Berkeley, September 1907.

* Krohn, J., _Suomen suvun pakanillinen jumalen palvelus_. Helsingfors, 1894.

Kropf, A., “Die religiösen Anschauungen der Kaffern,” in _Verhandlungen der Berliner Gesellschaft für Anthropologie, Ethnologie und Urgeschichte_ (1888).

Kruijt (Kruyt), A. C., “De Rijstmoeder in den Indischen Archipel,” in _Verslagen en Mededeelingen der Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen_, Afdeeling Letterkunde, Vierde Reeks, v. Amsterdam, 1903. “De weerwolf bij de Toradja’s van Midden-Celebes,” in _Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde_, xli. (1899). “Een en ander aangaande het geestelijk en maatschappelijk leven van den Poso-Alfoer,” in _Mededeelingen van wege het Nederlandsche Zendelinggenootschap_, xxxix. (1895), xl. (1896), xli. (1897), xliv. (1900). “Eenige ethnografische aanteekeningen omtrent de Toboengkoe en de Tomori,” in _Mededeelingen van wege het Nederlandsche Zendelinggenootschap_, xliv. (1900). “Gebruiken bij den rijstoogst in enkele streken op Oost-Java,” in _Mededeelingen van wege het Nederlandsche Zendelinggenootschap_, xlvii. (1903). _Het Animisme in den Indischen Archipel._ The Hague, 1906. “Het ijzer in Midden-Celebes,” in _Bijdragen tot de Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch-Indië_, liii. (1901). “Het koppensnellen der Toradja’s van Midden-Celebes, en zijne Beteekenis,” in _Verslagen en Mededeelingen der Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen_, Afdeeling Letterkunde, IV. Reeks, III. Deel. Amsterdam, 1899. “Het rijk Mori,” in _Tijdschrift van het Koninklijk Nederlandsch Aardrijkskundig Genootschap_, II. Serie, xvii. (1900). “Het wezen van het Heidendom te Posso,” in _Mededeelingen van wege het Nederlandsche Zendelinggenootschap_, xlvii. (1903). “Mijne eerste ervaringen te Poso,” in _Mededeelingen van wege het Nederlandsche Zendelinggenootschap_, xxxvi. (1892). “Regen lokken en regen verdrijven bij de Toradja’s van Midden Celebes,” in _Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde_, xliv. (1901). “Van Paloppo naar Posso,” in _Mededeelingen van wege het Nederlandsche Zendelinggenootschap_, xlii. (1898). _See also_ _s.v._ Adriani, N.

Kubary, J. [S.], “Die Bewohner der Mortlock-Inseln,” in _Mittheilungen der Geographischen Gesellschaft in Hamburg_ (1878-1879). “Die Religion der Pelauer,” in A. Bastian’s _Allerlei aus Volks- und Menschenkunde_. Berlin, 1888. _Die socialen Einrichtungen der Pelauer._ Berlin, 1885. “Die Todtenbestattung auf den Pelau-Inseln,” in _Original-Mittheilungen aus der ethnologischen Abtheilung der königlichen Museen zu Berlin_, i. Berlin, 1885. _Ethnographische Beiträge zur Kenntniss des Karolinen Archipels._ Leyden, 1895.

Kuhn, Adalbert, _Die Herabkunft des Feuers und des Göttertranks_. Second Edition. Gütersloh, 1886. _Märkische Sagen und Märchen._ Berlin, 1843. _Mythologische Studien_, vol. ii. Gütersloh, 1912. _Sagen, Gebräuche und Märchen aus Westfalen._ Leipsic, 1859. “Wodan,” in _Zeitschrift für deutsches Alterthum_, v. (1845).

Kuhn, A., und Schwartz, W., _Norddeutsche Sagen, Märchen und Gebräuche_. Leipsic, 1848.

Kühnau, R., _Schlesische Sagen_. Berlin, 1910-1913.

Kühner-Blass, _Grammatik der griechischen Sprache_.

Kühr, E. L. M., in _Internationales Archiv für Ethnographie_, ii. (1889). “Schetsen uit Borneo’s Westerafdeeling,” in _Bijdragen tot de Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch-Indië_, xlvii. (1897).

Kükenthal, W., _Forschungsreise in den Molukken und in Borneo_. Frankfort, 1896.

Kunstmann, Fr., “Valentin Ferdinand’s Beschreibung der Serra Leoa,” in _Abhandlungen der historischen Classe der Königlichen Bayerischen Akademie der Wissenschaften_, ix. Munich, 1866.

Kurze, G., “Sitten und Gebräuche der Lengua-Indianer,” in _Mitteilungen der Geographischen Gesellschaft zu Jena_, xxiii. (1905).

_La Bresse Louhannaise, Bulletin Mensuel, Organe de la Société d’Agriculture et d’Horticulture de l’Arrondissement de Louhans._ 1906.

_La Mission lyonnaise d’exploration commerciale en Chine 1895-97._ Lyons, 1898.

_La Nature._

Labat, J. B., _Nouveau Voyage aux isles de l’Amerique_. Paris, 1713. _Relation historique de l’Éthiopie Occidentale._ Paris, 1732. _Voyage du Chevalier des Marchais en Guinée, Isles voisines, et à Cayenne._ Paris, 1730. Amsterdam, 1731.

Labbé, P., _Un Bagne Russe, l’Île de Sakhaline_. Paris, 1903.

Labuan, The Bishop of, “Wild Tribes of Borneo,” in _Transactions of the Ethnological Society of London_, New Series, ii. (1863).

Lacombe, Father, in _Missions Catholiques_, ii. (1869).

* Lacombe, Leguével de, _Voyage à Madagascar_ (Paris, 1840), quoted by A. van Gennep, _Tabou et Totémisme à Madagascar_. Paris, 1904.

Lactantius, _Opera_. Ed. J. G. Walchius. Leipsic, 1715. _De mortibus persecutorum._ _Divinae Institutiones._ _Divinarum Institutionum Epitome._

Lactantius Placidus, _Commentatio in Statii Thebaida_. Ed. R. Jahnke. Leipsic, 1898. _Narrationes Fabulae_, in _Auctores Mythographi Latini_, ed. Aug. van Staveren. Leyden and Amsterdam, 1742.

Lafaye, G., _Histoire du culte des divinités d’Alexandrie_. Paris, 1884.

Lafitau, J. F., _Mœurs des sauvages Ameriquains_. Paris, 1724.

Lafond, G., in _Bulletin de la Société de Géographie_ (Paris), 2ème série, ix. (1838).

Lagarde, P. A. de, “Purim,” in _Abhandlungen der Königlichen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu Göttingen_, xxxiv. (1887). * _Reliquiae juris ecclesiastici antiquissimae._

Lagrange, M. J., _Études sur les Religions Sémitiques_. Second Edition. Paris, 1905.

Lake, H., and Kelsall, H. J., “The Camphor-tree and Camphor Language of Johore,” in _Journal of the Straits Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society_, No. 26 (January 1894).

Lambert, Father, in _Les Missions Catholiques_, xi. (1879), xxv. (1893). “Mœurs et superstitions de la tribu Bélep,” in _Les Missions Catholiques_, xii. (1880). _Mœurs et superstitions des Néo-Calédoniens_. Nouméa, 1900.

Lamberti, “Relation de la Colchide ou Mingrélie,” in _Voyages au Nord_, vii. Amsterdam, 1725.

Lammert, G., _Volksmedizin und medizinischer Aberglaube aus Bayern_. Würzburg, 1869.

Lampridius, in _Scriptores Historiae Augustae_. Ed. H. Peter. Leipsic, 1884. _Alexander Severus._ _Commodus._

Lampson, M. W., in letter to Lord Avebury (iv. 273).

Lanciani, R., in the _Athenaeum_, Oct. 10, 1885. _New Tales of Old Rome._ London, 1901. _Ruins and Excavations of Ancient Rome._ London, 1897.

Landa, Diego de, _Relation des choses de Yucatan_. Texte espagnol et traduction française par l’Abbé Brasseur de Bourbourg. Paris, 1864.

Landes, A., “Contes et légendes annamites,” in _Cochinchine française: excursions et reconnaissances_, Nos. 20, 23, and 25. Saigon, 1885-1886. “Contes Tjames,” in _Cochinchine française, excursions et reconnaissances_, No. 29. Saigon, 1887.

Lane, E. W., _Arabic-English Lexicon_. London and Edinburgh, 1863-1885. _Manners and Customs of the Modern Egyptians._ Paisley and London, 1895.

Lang, Andrew, in _Athenaeum_, 26th August and 14th October 1899. _Custom and Myth._ London, 1884. in _Folk-lore_, xii. (1901), xiv. (1903). _Modern Mythology._ London, 1897. _Myth, Ritual, and Religion._ London, 1887.

Lang, J. D., _Queensland_. London, 1861.

Lange, R., “Bitten um Regen in Japan,” in _Zeitschrift des Vereins für Volkskunde_, iii. (1893).

Langley, S. P., in _Folk-lore_, xiv. (1901). “The Fire-walk Ceremony in Tahiti,” in _Report of the Smithsonian Institution for 1901_. Washington, 1902.

Langsdorff, G. H. von, _Reise um die Welt_. Frankfort, 1812.

_L’Année Sociologique._

_L’Anthropologie._

Lanzone, R. V., _Dizionario di Mitologia Egizia_. Turin, 1881-1884.

Lasch, R., “Die Ursache und Bedeutung der Erdbeben im Volksglauben und Volksbrauch,” in _Archiv für Religionswissenschaft_, v. (1902). “Rache als Selbstmordmotiv,” in _Globus_, lxxiv. (1898).

Lasicius (Lasiczki), Johan, “De diis Samagitarum caeterorumque Sarmatarum,” in _Respublica sive Status regni Poloniae, Lituaniae, Prussiae, Livoniae, etc._ Leyden (Elzevir), 1627. “De diis Samagitarum caeterorumque Sarmatarum,” ed. W. Mannhardt, in _Magazin herausgegeben von der Lettisch-Literarischen Gesellschaft_, xiv. Mitau, 1868.

Lassen, Christian, _Indische Alterthumskunde_. First and Second Editions. Leipsic, 1858-1874.

Latcham, R. E., “Ethnology of the Araucanos,” in _Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute_, xxxix. (1909).

Latham, Charlotte, “Some West Sussex Superstitions lingering in 1868, collected at Fittleworth,” in _Folklore Record_, i. (1878).

Latham, R. G., _Descriptive Ethnology_. London, 1859.

Lauth, “Über den ägyptischen Maneros,” in _Sitzungsberichte der Königlichen Bayerischen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu München_ (1869).

Lavallée, A., “Notes ethnographiques sur diverses tribus du Sud-Est de l’Inde-Chine,” in _Bulletin de l’École Française d’Extrême-Orient_, i. Hanoi, 1901.

Lawes, W. G., “Ethnological Notes on the Motu, Koitapu, and Koiari Tribes of New Guinea,” in _Journal of the Anthropological Institute_, viii. (1879). “Notes on New Guinea and its Inhabitants,” in _Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society_ (1880).

Lawrie, Rev. Dr. George, in Sir John Sinclair’s _Statistical Account of Scotland_, iii. Edinburgh, 1792.

_Laws of Manu._ Translated by G. Bühler. Oxford, 1886. (_Sacred Books of the East_, vol. xxv.)

Lawson, J. C., _Modern Greek Folklore and Ancient Greek Religion_. Cambridge, 1910.

_Lay of the Nibelungs._ Translated by Alice Horton. London, 1898.

Le Braz, A., _La Légende de la Mort en Basse-Bretagne_. Paris, 1893.

Le Brun, _Histoire critique des pratiques superstitieuses_. Amsterdam, 1733.

Le Gentil, _Voyage dans les Mers de l’Inde_. Paris, 1781.

Le Mesurier, C. J. R., “Customs and Superstitions connected with the Cultivation of Rice in the Southern Province of Ceylon,” in _Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society_, N.S., xvii. (1885).

_Le Muséon_, N.S.

Le Petit, “Relation des Natchez,” in _Recueil de voyages au Nord_, ix.

Le Roy, Mgr., “Les Pygmées,” in _Les Missions Catholiques_, xxix. (1897).

_Le Temps._

_Le Tour du Monde._ Nouvelle Série.

Leake, W. M., _Journal of a Tour in Asia Minor_. London, 1824. _Travels in Northern Greece._ London, 1835.

Leared, A., _Morocco and the Moors_. London, 1876.

Leather, Mrs. Ella Mary, in _Folk-lore_, xxiv. (1913). _The Folk-lore of Herefordshire._ Hereford and London, 1912.

Lechaptois, Mgr., _Aux Rives du Tanganika_. Algiers, 1913.

Lecky, W. E. H., _History of England in the Eighteenth Century_. London, 1892. _History of European Morals from Augustus to Charlemagne._ Third Edition. London, 1877. _History of the Rise and Influence of the Spirit of Rationalism in Europe._ New Edition. London, 1882.

Leclère, A., _Le Buddhisme au Cambodge_. Paris, 1899.

Lecœur, Jules, _Esquisses du Bocage Normand_. Condé-sur-Noireau, 1883-1887.

Lederbogen, W., “Duala Märchen,” in _Mitteilungen des Seminars für Orientalische Sprachen zu Berlin_, v. (1902), Dritte Abteilung.

Leemius, C., _De Lapponibus Finmarchiae eorumque lingua, vita et religione pristina commentatio_. Copenhagen, 1767.

Lefébure, E., “La Vertu et la vie du nom en Égypte,” in _Mélusine_, viii. (1897). _Le mythe Osirien._ Paris, 1874-1875. “Le Paradis Égyptien,” in _Sphinx_, iii. Upsala, 1900.

Lefebvre, Th., _Voyage en Abyssinie_. Paris, N.D. (preface dated June, 1845).

Leger, L., _La Mythologie slave_. Paris, 1901.

_Leges Graecorum sacrae._ Ed. J. de Prott et L. Ziehen. Leipsic, 1896-1906.

Leggat, F. W., quoted by H. Ling Roth, in _The Natives of Sarawak and British North Borneo_. London, 1896.

Legrand, Émile, _Contes populaires grecs_. Paris, 1881.

Lehmann-Haupt, Professor C. F. Private communications (ix. 415 _n._ 1). _Die historische Semiramis und ihre Zeit._ Tübingen, 1910. in the _English Historical Review_, April 1913. _Israel, seine Entwicklung im Rahmen der Weltgeschichte._ Tübingen, 1911. _Šamaššsumukîn, König von Babylonien, 668-648 v. Chr._ Leipsic, 1892. _s.v._ “Semiramis,” in W. H. Roscher’s _Lexikon der griechischen und römischen Mythologie_, iv.

Lehner, Stefan, “Bukaua,” in R. Neuhauss’s _Deutsch Neu-Guinea_, iii. Berlin, 1911.

_Leipziger Studien für classischen Philologie._ Leipsic, 1884.

Leitch, Archie. Private communication (vii. 158 _n._ 1).

Leitner, G. W., _The Languages and Races of Dardistan_. Third Edition. Lahore, 1878.

Lejeune, Father, “Dans la forêt,” in _Les Missions Catholiques_, xxvii. (1895).

Lekkerkerker, C., “Enkele opmerkingen over sporen van Shamanisme bij Madoereezen en Javanen,” in _Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde_, xlv. (1902).

* Leland, _Collectanea_, Bagford’s letter quoted by J. Brand, _Popular Antiquities_, ii. Bohn’s Edition. London, 1882-1883.

Lemke, E., _Volksthümliches in Ostpreussen_. Mohrungen, 1884-1887.

Lenormant, François, _s.vv._ “Bacchus” and “Ceres,” in Daremberg et Saglio, _Dictionnaire des Antiquités Grecques et Romaines_. “Il mito di Adone-Tammuz nei documenti cuneiformi,” in _Atti del IV. Congresso Internazionale degli Orientalisti_. Florence, 1880.

Lenormant, F., and Pottier, E., _s.v._ “Eleusinia,” in Daremberg et Saglio, _Dictionnaire des Antiquités Grecques et Romaines_, ii.

Lentner and Dahn, in _Bavaria, Landes- und Volkskunde der Königreichs Bayern_, i. Munich, 1860.

Lenz, H. O., _Botanik der alten Griechen und Römer_. Gotha, 1859.

Lenz, O., _Skizzen aus Westafrika_. Berlin, 1878.

Leo the Great, _Sermones_, in Migne’s _Patrologia Latina_, liv.

Leonard, Major A. G., _The Lower Niger and its Tribes_. London, 1906.

Leoprechting, Karl Freiherr von, _Aus dem Lechrain_. Munich, 1855.

Lepsius, R., _Die Chronologie der Aegypter_. Berlin, 1849. _Letters from Egypt, Ethiopia, and the Peninsula of Sinai._ London, 1853. “Über den ersten ägyptischen Götterkreis und seine geschichtlich-mythologische Entstehung,” in _Abhandlungen der königlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin_ (1851).

Lerius (Lery), J., _Historia Navigationis in Brasiliam, quae et America dicitur_, 1586.

Lerouze, in _Mémoires de l’Académie Celtique_, iii. (1809).

Leskien, A., und Brugmann, K., _Litauische Volkslieder und Märchen_. Strasburg, 1882.

Leslie, David, _Among the Zulus and Amatongas_. Second Edition. Edinburgh, 1875.

Leslie, Lieut.-Colonel Forbes, _The Early Races of Scotland and their Monuments_. Edinburgh, 1866.

Lett, H. W., “Winning the Churn (Ulster),” in _Folk-lore_, xvi. (1905).

Letteboer, J. H., “Eenige aanteekeningen omtrent de gebruiken bij zwangerschap en geboorte onder de Savuneezen,” in _Mededeelingen van wege het Nederlandsche Zendelinggenootschap_, xlvi. (1902).

“Lettre de Mgr. Bruguière, évêque de Capse, à M. Bousquet, vicaire-général d’Aire,” in _Annales de l’Association de la Propagation de la Foi_, v. Paris and Lyons, 1831.

“Lettre du curé de Santiago Tepehuacan à son évêque sur les mœurs et coutumes des Indiens soumis à ses soins,” in _Bulletin de la Société de Géographie_ (Paris), Deuxième Série, ii. (1834).

_Lettres édifiantes et curieuses._ Nouvelle Édition. Paris, 1780-1783.

Levchine, A. de, _Description des hommes et des steppes des Kirghiz-Kazaks ou Kirghiz-Kaisaks_. Paris, 1840.

Lévi, Sylvain, _La Doctrine du sacrifice dans les Brâhmanas_. Paris, 1898.

Leviticus, The Book of.

Levrault, “Rapport sur les provinces de Canélos et du Napo,” in _Bulletin de la Société de Géographie_ (Paris), Deuxième Série, xi. (1839).

Lew, H., “Der Tod und die Beerdigungs-gebräuche bei den polnischen Juden,” in _Mittheilungen der Anthropologischen Gesellschaft in Wien_, xxxii. (1902).

Lewin, Captain T. H., _Wild Races of South-Eastern India_. London, 1870.

Lewis, E. W., in letter to the Author (iii. 106 _n._ 2).

Lewis, Rev. Thomas, “The Ancient Kingdom of Kongo,” in _The Geographical Journal_, xix. (1902).

Lewis and Clarke, Captains, _Expedition to the Sources of the Missouri_, etc. London, 1814. Reprinted at London, 1905. _Travels to the Source of the Missouri River._ London, 1815.

Lexer, M., “Volksüberlieferungen aus dem Lesachtal in Kärnten,” in _Zeitschrift für deutsche Mythologie und Sittenkunde_, iii. (1855).

“Lexicon Mythologicum,” appended to the _Edda Rhythmica seu Antiquior, vulgo Saemundina dicta_, Pars iii. Copenhagen, 1828.

L’Heureux, Jean, “Ethnological Notes on the Astronomical Customs and Religious Ideas of the Chokitapia or Blackfeet Indians,” in _Journal of the Anthropological Institute_, xv. (1886).

Lhwyd, Edward, in a letter quoted by W. Borlase, in _Antiquities, Historical and Monumental, of the County of Cornwall_. London, 1769.

Libanius. Ed. J. J. Reiske. Altenburg, 1791-1797.

Lichtenstein, H., _Reisen im südlichen Afrika_. Berlin, 1811-1812.

Licinius Imbrex, quoted by Aulus Gellius, xiii. 23 (22). 16.

Liebrecht, F., _Des Gervasius von Tilbury Otia Imperialia_. Hanover, 1856. “Lappländische Märchen,” in _Germania_, N.R., iii. (1870). in _Philologus_, xxii. _Zur Volkskunde._ Heilbronn, 1879.

* Liebstadt, Marcgrav de, _Historia rerum naturalium Brasiliensium_. Amsterdam, 1648. (Referred to by Th. Waitz, in _Anthropologie der Naturvölker_, iii. Leipsic, 1862.)

Liefrinck, F. A., “Bijdrage tot de Kennis van het eiland Bali,” in _Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde_, xxxiii. (1890).

* Ligertwood, Miss J., MS. notes, quoted by Rev. J. Macdonald, _Religion and Myth_. London, 1893.

_Lî-Kî._ Translated by James Legge. Oxford, 1885. (_Sacred Books of the East_, vol. xxvii.)

Linde, S., _De Jano summo Romanorum deo_. Lund, 1891.

* Lindenbrog, Glossary on the Capitularies, quoted by J. Grimm, _Deutsche Mythologie_, Fourth Edition.

Lindley, J., and Moore, T., _The Treasury of Botany_. New Edition. London, 1874.

Lindsay, W. M., _The Latin Language_. Oxford, 1894.

Liorel, J., _Kabylie du Jurjura_. Paris, N.D.

Lisiansky, Ury, _A Voyage Round the World in the Years 1803, 4, 5, and 6_. London, 1814.

Little, H. W., _Madagascar, its History and People_. London, 1884.

* Littmann, E., _Publications of the Princeton Expedition to Abyssinia_. Leyden, 1910. (Referred to by Th. Nöldeke, “Tigre-Texte,” in _Zeitschrift für Assyriologie_, xxiv. 1910.)

* _Liverpool Mercury_, of June 29th, 1867, quoted by T. F. Thiselton Dyer, _British Popular Customs_. London, 1876.

Livingstone, David, _Missionary Travels and Researches in South Africa_. London, 1857. _Narrative of Expedition to the Zambesi._ London, 1865. _Last Journals in Central Africa._ London, 1874.

Livinhac, Mgr., in _Annales de la Propagation de la Foi_, liii. (1881), lx. (1888).

Livy. Ed. J. N. Madvig et J. L. Ussing. Copenhagen, 1863-1880. Ed. W. Weissenborn. Berlin, 1873-1900.

* Ljibenov, P., _Baba Ega_. Trnovo, 1887. (Quoted by F. S. Krauss, “Altslavische Feuergewinnung,” in _Globus_, lix., 1891.)

Lloyd, L., _Peasant Life in Sweden_. London, 1870.

“Lo Scoppio del Carro,” in _Resurrezione, Numero Unico del Sabato Santo_. Florence, April 1906.

Lobeck, Chr. Aug., _Aglaophamus_. Königsberg, 1829.

Lockhart, J. G., _Memoirs of the Life of Sir Walter Scott_. First Edition. Edinburgh, 1837-1838. Second Edition. Edinburgh, 1839.

Loftus-Tottenham, A. R., quoted by E. Thurston in _Castes and Tribes of Southern India_. Madras, 1909.

Logan, James, _The Scottish Gael or Celtic Manners_. Edited by the Rev. Alex. Stewart. Inverness, N.D.

Logan, J. R., “The Orang Binua of Johore,” in _Journal of the Eastern Archipelago and Eastern Asia_, i. (1847).

Logan, W., _Malabar_. Madras, 1887.

Longus, _Pastoralia de Daphnide et Chloë_, in _Erotici Scriptores_, ed. G. A. Hirschig. Paris (Didot), 1885.

Lord, John Keast, _The Naturalist in Vancouver Island and British Columbia_. London, 1866.

Loret, Victor, “L’Égypte au temps du totémisme,” in _Conférences faites au Musée Guimet, Bibliothèque de Vulgarisation_, xix. Paris, 1906. “Les fêtes d’Osiris au mois de Khoiak,” in _Recueil de Travaux relatifs à la Philologie et à l’Archéologie Égyptiennes et Assyriennes_, iii. (1882), iv. (1883), v. (1884).

Loria, Dr. L., “Notes on the Ancient War Customs of the Natives of Logea and Neighbourhood,” in _British New Guinea, Annual Report for 1894-1895_. London, 1896.

Loskiel, G. H., _History of the Mission of the United Brethren among the Indians in North America_. London, 1794.

Loth, J., “L’Année celtique,” in _Revue Celtique_, xxv. (1904). “Les douze jours supplémentaires (_gourdeziou_) des Bretons et les douze jours des Germains et des Indous,” in _Revue Celtique_, xxiv. (1903).

Loubère, De la, _Du royaume de Siam_. Amsterdam, 1691.

Louis, J. A. H., _The Gates of Thibet, a Bird’s Eye View of Independent Sikkhim, British Bhootan, and the Dooars_. Second Edition. Calcutta, 1894.

Louvet, L. E., _La Cochinchine religieuse_. Paris, 1885.

Louwerier, D., “Bijgeloovige gebruiken, die door de Javanen worden in acht genomen bij het bouwen hunner huizen,” _Mededeelingen van wege het Nederlandsche Zendelinggenootschap_, xlviii. (1904). “Bijgeloovige gebruiken, die door de Javanen worden in acht genomen bij de verzorging en opvoeding hunner kinderen,” in _Mededeelingen van wege het Nederlandsche Zendelinggenootschap_, xlix. (1905).

Low, H., in _Journal of the Anthropological Institute_, xxv. (1896).

Low, Hugh, _Sarawak_. London, 1848.

Low, Lieut.-Colonel James, “On the Laws of Muung Thai or Siam,” in _Journal of the Indian Archipelago_, i. Singapore, 1847.

Löw, L., _Die Lebensalter in der jüdischen Literatur_. Szedegin, 1875.

Lowell, P., _Chosön, the Land of the Morning Calm, a Sketch of Korea_. London, preface dated 1885.

Loyer, G., “Voyage to Issini on the Gold Coast,” in T. Astley’s _New General Collection of Voyages and Travels_, ii. London, 1745.

Lozano, Pedro, _Descripcion chorographica del terreno, rios, arboles, y animales de las dilatadissimas Provincias del Gran Chaco, Gualamba_, etc. Cordova, 1733.

Luard, Captain C. Eckford, in _Census of India, 1901_, vol. i., _Ethnographic Appendices_. Calcutta, 1903. in _Census of India, 1901_, vol. xix. _Central India._ Lucknow, 1902.

Lucan, _Pharsalia_. Ed. C. E. Haskins. London, 1887.

Lucian, _Opera_. Ed. C. Jacobitz. Leipsic, 1866-1881. _Alexander._ _Amores._ _Anacharsis._ _Bacchus._ _Bis accusatus._ _Calumniae non temere credendum._ _Charidemus._ _De astrologia._ _De dea Syria._ _De morte Peregrini._ _De saltatione._ _Dialogi deorum._ _Dialogi meretricii._ _Hermotimus._ _Jupiter Tragoedus._ _Lexiphanes._ _Muscae encomium._ _Necyomanteia._ _Philopatris._ _Philopseudes._ _Rhetorum praeceptor._ _Saturnalia._ _Somnium._ _Tragodopodagra._

Lucius, Prof. E., _Die Anfänge des Heiligenkultes in der christlichen Kirche_. Tübingen, 1904.

Lucretius, _De rerum natura_. Ed. H. A. J. Munro. Third Edition. Cambridge, 1873.

Luders, O., _Die dionysischen Künstler_. Berlin, 1873.

Lumholtz, C., _Among Cannibals_. London, 1889. “Symbolism of the Huichol Indians,” in _Memoirs of the American Museum of Natural History_, vol. iii. May 1900. _Unknown Mexico._ London, 1903.

Luschan, F. von, “Einiges über Sitten und Gebräuche der Eingeborenen Neu-Guineas,” in _Verhandlungen der Berliner Gesellschaft für Anthropologie, Ethnologie, und Urgeschichte_ (1900).

Luzel, F. M., _Contes populaires de Basse-Bretagne_. Paris, 1887. _Veillées Bretonnes._ Morlaix, 1879.

Lyall, Sir Alfred C., _Asiatic Studies_. First Series. London, 1899.

Lyall, Sir Charles J., in his Introduction to _The Khasis_, by Major P. R. T. Gurdon.

Lycophron, _Alexandra (Cassandra)_. Griechisch und deutsch von C. von Holzinger. Leipsic, 1895.

Lyell, Sir Charles, _Principles of Geology_. Twelfth Edition. London, 1875. _The Geological Evidence of the Antiquity of Man._ Fourth Edition. London, 1873.

Lynker, Karl, _Deutsche Sagen und Sitten in hessischen Gauen_. Second Edition. Cassel and Göttingen, 1860.

Lyon, G. F., _Private Journal_. London, 1824.

Lysias, _Orationes_. Ed. C. Scheibe. Leipsic, 1852. _Contra Andocidem._

Lyttelton, Dr., Bishop of Carlisle, quoted by William Borlase, _Antiquities, Historical and Monumental, of the County of Cornwall_. London, 1769.

Maan, G., “Enige mededeelingen omtrent de zeden en gewoonten der Toerateya ten opzichte van den rijstbouw,” in _Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde_, xlvi. (1903).

Maass, A., _Bei liebenswürdigen Wilden, ein Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Mentawai-Insulaner_. Berlin, 1902.

Maass, Ernst, _Die Tagesgötter_. Berlin, 1902. _Orpheus._ Munich, 1895.

Macalister, Mrs. Alexander. Private communication (vii. 157 _n._ 3).

Macalister, Professor R. A. Stewart, _Bible Side-lights from the Mound of Gezer_. London, 1906. _Reports on the Excavations of Gezer._ London, N.D. Reprinted from the _Quarterly Statement of the Palestine Exploration Fund_. _The Philistines, their History and Civilization._ London, 1913.

M’Alpine, N., _Gaelic Dictionary_. Seventh Edition. Edinburgh and London, 1877.

Macarius, _Proverbia_, in _Paroemiographi Graeci_. Ed. E. L. Leutsch et F. G. Schneidewin. Göttingen, 1839-1851.

Macaulay, T. B., _History of England_. First Edition. London, 1855.

Macbain, A., _Etymological Dictionary of the Gaelic Language_. Inverness, 1896.

Maccabees, The Second Book of.

MacCauley, C., “Seminole Indians of Florida,” in _Fifth Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology_. Washington, 1887.

M’Caw, S. R., “Mortuary Customs of the Puyallups,” in _The American Antiquarian and Oriental Journal_, viii. (1886).

McClintock, Walter, _The Old North Trail_. London, 1910.

McCullagh, J. B., in _The Church Missionary Gleaner_, xiv. No. 164 (August 1887).

MacCulloch, J. A., “Calendar,” in Dr. James Hastings’s _Encyclopaedia of Religion and Ethics_, iii. Edinburgh, 1910. _The Religion of the Ancient Celts._ Edinburgh, 1911.

M’Culloch, Colonel W. J., quoted by G. Watt, “The Aboriginal Tribes of Manipur,” in _Journal of the Anthropological Institute_, xvi. (1887).

Macdonald, A., “Midsummer Bonfires,” in _Folk-lore_, xv. (1904). “Some former Customs of the Royal Parish of Crathie, Scotland,” in _Folk-lore_, xviii. (1907).

Macdonald, George, _Catalogue of Greek Coins in the Hunterian Collection_. Glasgow, 1899-1905.

Macdonald, Rev. James, “East Central African Customs,” in _Journal of the Anthropological Institute_, xxii. (1893). _Light in Africa._ Second Edition. London, 1890. “Manners, Customs, Superstitions, and Religions of South African Tribes,” in _Journal of the Anthropological Institute_, xix. (1890), xx. (1891). MS. notes sent to the Author (iv. 183 _n._ 2). _Religion and Myth._ London, 1893.

Macdonell, A. A., _Vedic Mythology_. Strasburg, 1897.

Macdonell, Lady Agnes, in letter to the Author (ix. 164 _n._ 1). in _The Times_, May 3rd, 1913.

Macdougall, Rev. J., _Folk and Hero Tales_. London, 1891. (_Waifs and Strays of Celtic Tradition_, No. III.)

MacFarlane, Dr., quoted by A. C. Haddon, in _Journal of the Anthropological Institute_, xix. (1890).

Macfarlane, Mr., of Faslane, Gareloch. Private communication (viii. 158 _n._ 2).

M’Gillivray, A. A., in H. R. Schoolcraft’s _Indian Tribes of the United States_. Philadelphia, 1853-1856.

Macgillivray, J., _Narrative of the Voyage of H.M.S. Rattlesnake_. London, 1852.

Macgowan, D. S., M.D., “Self-immolation by Fire in China,” in _The Chinese Recorder and Missionary Journal_, xix. (1888).

McGregor, A. W., quoted by W. S. Routledge and K. Routledge, _With a Prehistoric People, the Akikuyu of British East Africa_. London, 1910.

MacGregor, Sir William, _British New Guinea_. London, 1897. “Lagos, Abeokuta, and the Alake,” in _Journal of the African Society_, No. 12 (July 1904).

MacInnes, Rev. D., _Folk and Hero Tales_. London, 1890.

Mackay, Alexander, quoted by Alexander Carmichael, _Carmina Gadelica_. Edinburgh, 1900.

McKellar, Mr., quoted by the Rev. W. Ridley, in “Report on Australian Languages and Traditions,” in _Journal of the Anthropological Institute_, ii. (1873).

Mackenzie, A., “Descriptive Notes on Certain Implements, Weapons, etc., from Graham Island, Queen Charlotte Islands, B.C.,” in _Transactions of the Royal Society of Canada_, ix. (1891).

Mackenzie, Alexander, _Voyages from Montreal through the Continent of North America_. London, 1801.

Mackenzie, Sheriff-Substitute David J. Private communications (ix. 169:_n._ 2).

* Mackenzie, E., _An Historical, Topographical, and Descriptive View of the County of Northumberland_. Second Edition. Newcastle, 1825. (Quoted in _County Folk-lore_, vol. iv. _Northumberland_. Collected by M. C. Balfour. London, 1904.)

Mackenzie, Captain J. S. F., “The Village Feast,” in _Indian Antiquary_, iii. (1874).

Mackenzie, John, _Ten Years North of the Orange River_. Edinburgh, 1871.

Mackinlay, J. M., _Folk-lore of Scottish Lochs and Springs_. Glasgow, 1893.

Maclagan, R. C., M.D., “Corn-maiden in Argyleshire,” in _Folk-lore_, vii. (1896). “Notes on Folk-lore Objects collected in Argyleshire,” in _Folk-lore_, vi. (1895). “Sacred Fire,” in _Folk-lore_, ix. (1898).

Maclean, Colonel, _A Compendium of Kafir Laws and Customs_. Cape Town, 1866.

McLennan, J. F., _Studies in Ancient History_. London, 1886. _The Patriarchal Theory._ Edited and completed by D. McLennan. London, 1885.

M’Mahon, A. R., _The Karens of the Golden Chersonese_. London, 1876.

MacPhail, Rev. M., “Folk-lore from the Hebrides,” in _Folk-lore_, xi. (1900). “Traditions, Customs, and Superstitions of the Lewis,” in _Folk-lore_, vi. (1895).

Macpherson, Captain, in _North Indian Notes and Queries_, ii.

Macpherson, W., _Memorials of Service in India from the Correspondence of the late Major S. C. Macpherson_. London, 1865.

Macridy-Bey, Th., _La Porte des Sphinx à Eyuk_. (_Mitteilungen der Vorderasiatischen Gesellschaft_, 1908, No. 3, Berlin.)

Macrobius, _Opera_. Ed. L. Jan. Quedlinburg and Leipsic, 1848-1852. _Commentarium in Somnium Scipionis._ _Saturnalia._

McTaggart, J. McT. Ellis, _Some Dogmas of Religion_. London, 1906.

_Madras Government Museum Bulletin._

Maeletius (Maletius, Meletius, Menecius, Ian Malecki), Jo., “De religione et sacrificiis et idolatria veterum Borussorum, Livonum, aliarumque vicinarum gentium,” in _De Russorum Muscovitarum et Tartarorum religione, sacrificiis, nuptiarum, funerum ritu_. Spires, 1582. Reprinted in _Scriptores rerum Livonicarum_, vol. ii. (Riga and Leipsic, 1848), and in _Mitteilungen der Litterarischen Gesellschaft Masovia_, viii. (Lötzen, 1902).

_Magazin herausgegeben von der Lettisch-Literarischen Gesellschaft._ Mitau, 1868.

* _Magazin pittoresque._ Paris, 1840.

Magoun, H. W., “The Asuri-Kalpa; a Witchcraft Practice of the Atharva Veda,” in _American Journal of Philology_, x. (1889).

Magyar, Ladislaus, _Reisen in Süd-Afrika in den Jahren 1849-1857_. Buda Pesth and Leipsic, 1859.

_Mahabharata._ Condensed into English by Romesch Dutt. London, 1898.

Mahaffy, J. P., _The Empire of the Ptolemies_. London, 1895.

Maimonides, quoted and translated by D. Chwolsohn, _Die Ssabier und der Ssabismus_. St. Petersburg, 1856.

Makrîzî, quoted by Lagarde, “Purim,” in _Abhandlungen der Königlichen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu Göttingen_, xxxiv. (1887).

Malalas, Joannes, _Chronographia_. Ed. L. Dindorf. Bonn, 1831.

Malcolm, Sir John, _History of Persia_. London, 1815.

Maler, T., “Mémoire sur l’état de Chiapa (Mexique),” in _Revue d’Ethnographie_, iii. (1885).

Mallat, J., _Les Philippines_. Paris, 1846.

Malte-Brun, _Annales des Voyages_. Paris, 1814.

_Man, a Monthly Record of Anthropological Science._

Man, E. H., “Notes on the Nicobarese,” in _Indian Antiquary_, xxviii. (1899). _On the Aboriginal Inhabitants of the Andaman Islands._ London, N.D.

Mandlesloe, J. A. de, in J. Harris’s _Voyages and Travels_, i. London, 1744.

Manilius, _Astronomica_. Ed. M. Bechert, in _Corpus Poetarum Latinorum_, ed. J. P. Postgate. London, 1894-1905.

Mann, J. F., “Notes on the Aborigines of Australia,” in _Proceedings of the Geographical Society of Australasia_, i. (1885).

_Manners and Customs of the Japanese in the Nineteenth Century: from recent Dutch Visitors to Japan, and the German of Dr. Ph. Fr. von Siebold._ London, 1841.

Mannhardt, W., _Antike Wald- und Feldkulte_. Berlin, 1877. “Das älteste Märchen,” in _Zeitschrift für deutsche Mythologie und Sittenkunde_, iv. (1859). _Der Baumkultus der Germanen und ihrer Nachbarstämme._ Berlin, 1875. _Die Götter der deutschen und nordischen Völker._ Berlin, 1860. _Die Korndämonen._ Berlin, 1868. _Germanische Mythen._ Berlin, 1858. in _Magazin herausgegeben von der Lettisch-Literarischen Gesellschaft_, xiv. (1868). _Mythologische Forschungen._ Strasburg, 1884. _Roggenwolf und Roggenhund._ Second Edition. Danzig, 1866.

Manning, J., “Notes on the Aborigines of New Holland,” in _Journal and Proceedings of the Royal Society of New South Wales_, xvi. Sydney, 1883.

Manning, Percy, in _Folk-lore_, iv. (1893), viii. (1897).

Manning, Thomas. _See_ _s.v._ Narratives.

Mansfeld, Alfred, _Urwald Dokumente, vier Jahre unter den Crossflussnegern Kameruns_. Berlin, 1908.

Mansveld, G. (Kontroleur van Nias), “Iets over de namen en Galars onder de Maleijers in de Padangsche Bovenlanden, bepaaldelijk in noordelijk Agam,” in _Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde_, xxiii. (1876).

_Manuscrit Ramirez: Histoire de l’origine des Indiens qui habitent la Nouvelle Espagne selon leurs traditions._ Publié par D. Charnay. Paris, 1903.

Marcellinus on Hermogenes, in _Rhetores Graeci_. Ed. Chr. Walz. Stuttgart and Tübingen, 1832-1836.

Marcellus, _De medicamentis_. Ed. G. Helmreich. Leipsic, 1889.

Marchoux, “Ethnographie, Porto-Novo,” in _Revue Scientifique_, Quatrième Série, iii. (1895).

Marcus Antoninus, _Commentarii_. Ed. J. Stich. Leipsic, 1882.

Marett, R. R., _The Threshold of Religion_. London, N.D.

Margoliouth, D. S., _Mohammed and the Rise of Islam_. New York, 1905.

Mariette-Bey (Pacha), A., _Dendérah_. Paris, 1873-1880.

* Marilaun, Anton Kerner von, _Pflanzenleben_. 1888. _The Natural History of Plants._ Translated and edited by F. W. Oliver. London, 1894-1895.

Marindin, G. E. M., _s.v._ “Oscilla,” in W. Smith’s _Dictionary of Greek and Roman Antiquities_. Third Edition. London, 1890-1891.

Mariner, W., _An Account of the Natives of the Tonga Islands_. Edited by John Martin. Second Edition. London, 1818. _Tonga Islands, Vocabulary_ (appended to the preceding).

Marini, Gio. Filippo de, _Historia et relatione del Tunchino et del Giappone_. Rome, 1665.

Mariny, _Relation nouvelle et curieuse des royaumes de Tunquin et de Lao_. Traduite de l’Italien du P. Mariny (_sic_) Romain. Paris, 1666.

_Marmor Parium_, in _Fragmenta Historicorum Graecorum_, vol. i. Paris (Didot), 1874. Ed. C. Müller.

Marno, Ernst, _Reisen im Gebiete des blauen und weissen Nil_. Vienna, 1874.

Marquardt, Joachim, _Privatleben der Römer_. Second Edition. Leipsic, 1886. _Römische Staatsverwaltung._ Second Edition. Leipsic, 1885.

Marriott, H. P. Fitzgerald, _The Secret Tribal Societies of West Africa_. Reprinted from _Ars quatuor Coronatorum_, the Transactions of a Masonic Lodge of London.

Marsden, W., _History of Sumatra_. Third Edition. London, 1811.

Marshall, A. S. F., in letter to Professor A. C. Seward (vi. 136 _n._ 3).

Marshall, W. E., _Travels amongst the Todas_. London, 1873.

Marston, Major M., in Rev. Jedidiah Morse’s _Report to the Secretary of War of the United States on Indian Affairs_, Appendix. Newhaven, 1822.

Marti, D. K., _Kurzer Hand-Commentar zum alten Testament_. Freiburg i. B.

Martial, _Epigrammata_. Ed. L. Friedlaender. Leipsic, 1886.

Martianus Capella. Ed. Franciscus Eyssenhardt. Leipsic, 1866.

Martin, C., “Über die Eingeborenen von Chiloe,” in _Zeitschrift für Ethnologie_, ix. (1877).

Martin, Father, in _Lettres édifiantes et curieuses_, Nouvelle Edition, xi. Paris, 1781.

Martin, K., “Bericht über eine Reise ins Gebiet des Oberen-Surinam,” in _Bijdragen tot de Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch-Indië_, xxxv. (1886). _Bericht über eine Reise nach Nederlandsch West-Indien_, Erster Theil. Leyden, 1887.

Martin, M., “A Description of the Western Islands of Scotland,” in John Pinkerton’s _Voyages and Travels_, iii. _Description of the Western Islands of Scotland._ London, 1673 [1703].

Martin, Th. Henry, in _Revue Archéologique_, N.S., xiii. (1866).

Martinengo-Cesaresco, E., in _The Academy_, No. 671, March 14, 1885.

Martius, C. F. Phil. von, _Beiträge zur Ethnographie und Sprachenkunde Amerika’s, zumal Brasiliens_. Leipsic, 1867.

* _Martyrologium Romanum Vetus_, quoted by W. Smith and S. Cheetham, _Dictionary of Christian Antiquities_, i.

Mason, Rev. F., D.D., “On Dwellings, Works of Art, Law, etc., of the Karens,” in _Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal_, xxxvii. (1868). “Physical Character of the Karens,” in _Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal_, New Series, No. cxxxi. Calcutta, 1866.

Mason, quoted in A. Bastian’s _Die Völker des östlichen Asien_.

Maspero, Sir Gaston, _Études de Mythologie et d’Archéologie Égyptiennes_. Paris, 1893-1912.

_Histoire ancienne._ Fourth Edition. Paris, 1886.

_Histoire ancienne des peuples de l’Orient classique: les origines._ Paris, 1895.

_Histoire ancienne des peuples de l’Orient classique: les premières mêlées des peuples._ Paris, 1897. _Histoire ancienne des peuples de l’Orient classique: les Empires._ Paris, 1899. in _Journal des Savants_, année 1899. “Le rituel du sacrifice funéraire,” in _Études de Mythologie et d’Archéologie Égyptiennes_, i. _Les Contes populaires de l’Égypte ancienne._ Third Edition. Paris, N.D. quoted by Miss R. E. White, in _Journal of Hellenic Studies_, xviii. (1898).

Massaja, F. G., in _Bulletin de la Société de Géographie_ (Paris), 5ème Série, i. (1861).

Massaja, G., _I miei trentacinque anni di missione nell’ alta Etiopia_. Rome and Milan, 1885-1893.

Massaja, Mgr., in _Annales de la Propagation de la Foi_, xxx. (1858).

Masson, Bishop, in _Annales de la Propagation de la Foi_, xxiv. (1852).

Masui, Th., _Guide de la Section de l’État Indépendant du Congo à l’Exposition de Bruxelles-Tervueren en 1897_. Brussels, 1897.

Mateer, Rev. S., _Native Life in Travancore_. London, 1883. _The Land of Charity._ London, 1871.

Matheson, R., in _The Folk-lore Journal_, vii. (1889).

Mathew, J., _Eaglehawk and Crow_. London and Melbourne, 1899.

Mattei, Le Commandant, _Bas-Niger, Bénoué, Dahomey_. Paris, 1895.

Matthes, Dr. B. F., _Beknopt Verslag miiner reizen in de Binnenlanden van Celebes, in de jaren 1857 en 1861_. (_Verzameling van Berigten betreffende de Bijbelverspreiding_, Nos. 96-99.) _Bijdragen tot de Ethnologie van Zuid-Celebes._ The Hague, 1875. _Einige Eigenthümlichkeiten in den Festen und Gewohnheiten der Makassaren und Büginesen._ Leyden, 1884. Separate reprint from _Travaux de la 6ème Session du Congrès Internationale des Orientalistes à Leide_, vol. ii. _Makassaarsch-Hollandsch Woordenboek._ Amsterdam, 1859. “Over de _âdá’s_ of gewoonten der Makassaren en Boegineezen,” in _Verslagen en Mededeelingen der Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen_, Afdeeling Letterkunde, Derde Reeks, ii. Amsterdam, 1885. _Over de Bissoes of heidensche priesters en priesteressen der Boeginezen._ Amsterdam, 1872. Reprinted from the _Verhandelingen der Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen_, Afdeeling Letterkunde, Deel vii.

Matthews, John, _A Voyage to the River Sierra-Leone_. London, 1791.

Matthews, Washington, _Ethnography and Philology of the Hidatsa Indians_. Washington, 1877. “Myths of Gestation and Parturition,” in _American Anthropologist_, New Series, iv. New York, 1902. “The Mountain Chant: a Navajo Ceremony,” in _Fifth Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology_. Washington, 1887.

Mauch, C., _Reisen im Inneren von Süd-Afrika_. Gotha, 1874. (_Petermanns Mittheilungen_, Ergänzungsheft, No. 37.)

Maud, Captain Philip, “Exploration in the Southern Borderland of Abyssinia,” in _The Geographical Journal_, xxiii. (1904).

Maund, E. A., “Zambesi, the new British Possession in Central South Africa,” in _Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society_, 1890.

Maundrell, Henry, _A Journey from Aleppo to Jerusalem at Easter, __A.D.__ 1697_. Fourth Edition. Perth, 1800. “A Journey from Aleppo to Jerusalem at Easter, A.D. 1697,” in Bohn’s _Early Travellers in Palestine_. Edited by Thomas Wright. London, 1848.

Maurer, Konrad, _Isländische Volkssagen der Gegenwart_. Leipsic, 1860. _Vorlesungen über altnordische Rechtsgeschichte._ Leipsic, 1907.

Maury, A., _Histoire des Religions de la Grèce Antique_. Paris, 1857-1859.

Maury, L. F. Alfred, “Les Populations primitives du nord de l’Hindoustan,” in _Bulletin de la Société de Géographie_ (Paris), 4ème Série, vii. (1854).

Maximilian, Prinz zu Wied, _Reise in das Innere Nord-America_. Coblenz, 1839-41. _Reise nach Brasilien._ Frankfort, 1820-1821.

Maximus Tyrius, _Dissertationes_. Ed. Fr. Dübner. Paris (Didot), 1877.

Maxwell, W. E., “The Folk-lore of the Malays,” in _Journal of the Straits Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society_, No. 7 (June 1881).

Mayer, M., _s.v._ “Kronos,” in W. H. Roscher’s _Lexikon der griechischen und römischen Mythologie_, ii. Leipsic, 1890-1897.

Mayne, J. D., _A Treatise on Hindu Law and Usage_. Third Edition. Madras and London, 1883.

Mayne, Commander R. C., _Four Years in British Columbia and Vancouver Island_. London, 1862.

Mazzuconi, Father, in _Annales de la Propagation de la Foi_, xxvii. (1855).

Meakin, Budgett, _The Moors_. London, 1902.

_Mededeelingen van wege het Nederlandsche Zendelinggenootschap._

Meerburg, J. W., “Proeve einer beschrijving van land en volk van Midden-Manggarai (West-Flores), Afdeeling Bima,” in _Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde_, xxxiv. (1891).

Meerwaldt, J. H., “Gebruiken der Bataks in het maatschappelijk leven,” in _Mededeelingen van wege het Nederlandsche Zendelinggenootschap_, xlix. (1905), li. (1907).

Meier, Ernst, _Deutsche Sagen, Sitten und Gebräuche aus Schwaben_. Stuttgart, 1852. “Über Pflanzen und Kräuter,” in _Zeitschrift für deutsche Mythologie und Sittenkunde_, i. Göttingen, 1853.

Meier, Josef, “Mythen und Sagen der Admiralitäts-insulaner,” in _Anthropos_, iii. (1908).

Meiners, C., _Geschichte der Religionen_. Hanover, 1806-1807.

Meissner, Bruno, “Zur Entstehungsgeschichte des Purimfestes,” in _Zeitschrift der deutschen morgenländischen Gesellschaft_, l. (1896).

Mela, Pomponius, _Chorographia_. Ed. G. Parthey. Berlin, 1867.

Meldon, Major J. A., “Notes on the Bahima of Ankole,” in _Journal of the African Society_, No. xxii. (January 1907).

Melito, “Oration to Antoninus Caesar,” in W. Cureton’s _Spicilegium Syriacum_. London, 1855.

Meltzer, _s.v._ “Dido,” in W. H. Roscher’s _Lexikon der griechischen und römischen Mythologie_, i.

_Mélusine._

* Melville, H., _Van Diemen’s Land_ (Hobart Town, 1833), quoted by H. Ling Roth, _The Aborigines of Tasmania_. London, 1890.

_Memoir of the American Museum of Natural History, The Jesup North Pacific Expedition._

_Mémoires de l’Académie Celtique._

_Mémoires de l’Académie des Inscriptions et Belles-Lettres._

_Mémoires de la Société des Antiquaires de Picardie._

_Mémoires de la Société de Linguistique de Paris._

_Mémoires de la Société Finno-Ougrienne._

_Mémoires et dissertations publiées par la Société Royale des Antiquaires de France._

_Memoirs of the Anthropological Society of London._

_Memoirs of the Asiatic Society of Bengal._

_Memorials of the Empire of Japon in the XVI. and XVII. Centuries._ Edited by T. Rundall. Hakluyt Society. London, 1850.

Menander of Ephesus, in _Fragmenta Historicorum Graecorum_, ed. C. Müller, vol. iv. Quoted by Eusebius, _Chronicorum liber prior_. Ed. A. Schoene. Quoted by Josephus, _Contra Apionem_.

Menander Protector, in _Fragmenta Historicorum Graecorum_, ed. C. Müller, vol. iv.

Menecius, J., in _Scriptores rerum Livonicarum_, ii. Riga and Leipsic, 1848. See above, _s.v._ Maeletius.

Mensignac, C. de, _Recherches ethnographiques sur la Salive et le Crachat_. Bordeaux, 1892.

Merensky, A., _Beiträge zur Kenntnis Süd-Afrikas_. Berlin, 1875. “Das Konde-volk im deutschen Gebiet am Nyassa-See,” in _Verhandlungen der Berliner Gesellschaft für Anthropologie, Ethnologie und Urgeschichte_ (1893).

Mergel, J., _Die Medizin der Talmudisten_. Leipsic and Berlin, 1885.

Merker, Captain M., _Die Masai_. Berlin, 1904. _Rechtsverhältnisse und Sitten der Wadschagga._ Gotha, 1902. (_Petermanns Mitteilungen_, Ergänzungsheft, No. 138.)

Merolla, G., _Relazione del viaggio nel regno di Congo_. Naples, 1726.

Merolla, J., “Voyage to Congo,” in John Pinkerton’s _Voyages and Travels_, xvi.

Merz, Dr., “Bericht über seine erste Reise von Amoy nach Kui-kiang,” in _Zeitschrift der Gesellschaft für Erdkunde zu Berlin_, xxiii. (1888).

Messerschmidt, L., _Corpus Inscriptionum Hettiticarum_. Berlin, 1900. _The Hittites._ London, 1903.

* _Metlahkatlah_, quoted by Sir John Lubbock, _Origin of Civilisation_. Fourth Edition. London, 1882.

Metz, F., _The Tribes inhabiting the Neilgherry Hills_. Second Edition. Mangalore, 1864.

Meyer, C., _Der Aberglaube des Mittelalters_. Bâle, 1884.

Meyer, Eduard, “Ägyptische Chronologie,” in _Abhandlungen der Königlichen Preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften_, 1904. _s.vv._ “Anaitis,” “Astarte,” “Dolichenus,” “Isis,” and “Melqart,” in W. H. Roscher’s _Lexicon der griechischen und römischen Mythologie_. _s.v._ “Atys,” in Pauly-Wissowa’s _Real-Encyclopädie der classischen Altertumswissenschaft_, ii. _Geschichte des Altertums_, vol. i. Stuttgart, 1884. Vol. i. 2. Second Edition. Stuttgart and Berlin, 1909. “Nachträge zur ägyptischen Chronologie,” in _Abhandlungen der Königlichen Preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften vom Jahre 1907_. Berlin, 1908. quoted by J. Kohler, “Das Recht der Herero,” in _Zeitschrift für vergleichende Rechtswissenschaft_, xiv. (1900). “Uber einige semitische Götter,” in _Zeitschrift der Deutschen Morgenländischen Gesellschaft_, xxxi.

Meyer, Elard Hugo, _Badisches Volksleben im neunzehnten Jahrhundert_. Strasburg, 1900. _Indogermanische Mythen_, ii. _Achilleis_. Berlin, 1877. _Mythologie der Germanen._ Strasburg, 1903.

Meyer, H. E. A., “Manners and Customs of the Aborigines of the Encounter Bay Tribe, South Australia,” in _The Native Tribes of South Australia_. Adelaide, 1879.

* Meyer, Kuno, _Hibernia Minora_ and _Glossary_, referred to by P. W. Joyce, _A Social History of Ancient Ireland_. London, 1903.

Meyer, W., “Ein Labyrinth mit Versen,” in _Sitzungsberichte der philosophischen philologischen und historischen Classe der Königlichen Bayerischen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu München_ (1882).

Meyrac, Albert, _Traditions, coutumes, légendes et contes des Ardennes_. Charleville, 1890.

Micah, The Book of the Prophet.

Michel, Ch., _Recueil d’Inscriptions Grecques_. Brussels, 1900. Supplément. Paris, 1912.

Michov, Matthias A., “De Sarmatia Asiana atque Europea,” in Simon Grynaeus’s _Novis Orbis regionum ac insularum veteribus incognitarum_. Paris, 1532. in J. Pistorius’s _Polonicae historiae corpus_. Bâle, 1582.

Middleton, John Henry, in _Journal of Hellenic Studies_, ix. (1888). _The Remains of Ancient Rome._ London and Edinburgh, 1892.

Miesen, J. H. W. van der, “Een en ander over Boeroe,” in _Mededeelingen van wege het Nederlandsche Zendelinggenootschap_, xlvi. (1902).

Migne, J. P., _Patrologia Graeca_. Paris, 1857-1866. _Patrologia Latina._ Paris, 1844-1864.

Mijatovich, Chedo, _Servia and the Servians_. London, 1908.

Mijatovies, Madam Csedomille, _Serbian Folk-lore_. Edited by the Rev. W. Denton. London, 1874.

Mikhailoviskij, Professor V. M., “Shamanism in Siberia and European Russia,” in _Journal of the Anthropological Institute_, xxiv. (1895).

Miklucho-Maclay, N. von, “Ethnologische Bemerkungen über die Papuas der Maclay-Küste in Neu-Guinea,” in _Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch Indie_, xxxv. (1875), xxxvi. (1876). in _Verhandlungen der Berliner Gesellschaft für Anthropologie, Ethnologie und Urgeschichte_, 1880. in _Verhandlungen der Berliner Gesellschaft für Anthropologie_, 1882. Bound with _Zeitschrift für Ethnologie_, xiv.

Miller, Hugh, _My Schools and Schoolmasters_. Edinburgh, 1854. _Scenes and Legends of the North of Scotland._ Edinburgh, 1889.

Millin, Aubin-Louis, _Voyage dans les Départmens du Midi de la France_. Paris, 1807-1811.

Milman, H. H., _History of Latin Christianity_. Fourth Edition. London, 1883-1905.

Milne, J., _Earthquakes_. London, 1886.

Milne, Mrs. Leslie, _Shans at Home_. London, 1910.

Milner, Annie, in William Hone’s _Year Book_. London, preface dated January, 1832.

Milner, John, _The History, Civil and Ecclesiastical, and Survey of the Antiquities of Winchester_. Winchester, N.D.

Milton, John, “Apology for Smectymnuus,” in _Complete Collection of the Historical, Political, and Miscellaneous Works of John Milton_. London, 1738. _Paradise Lost._

Mindeleff, C., in _Seventeenth Annual Report of the Bureau of American Ethnology_, part 2. Washington, 1898.

Minucius Felix, _Octavius_. Ed. C. Halm. Vienna, 1867.

* _Mirror, The._

* _Mission Evangelica al reyno de Congo por la serafica religion de los Capuchinos._ Madrid, 1649.

_Mission Pavie, Indo-Chine 1879-95, Géographie et Voyages._ Paris, 1900.

_Mission scientifique du Cap Horn, 1882-83._ Paris, 1891.

“Mission Voulet-Chanoine,” in _Bulletin de la Société de Géographie_ (Paris), 8ème Série, xx. (1899).

_Missions Catholiques, Les._

Mitchell, (Sir) Arthur, A.M., M.D., _On various Superstitions in the North-West Highlands and Islands of Scotland_. Edinburgh, 1862. (Reprinted from the _Proceedings of the Society of Antiquaries of Scotland_, vol. iv.)

Mitchell, T. L., _Three Expeditions into the Interior of Eastern Australia_. London, 1838.

Mitra, Sarat Chandra, in _Journal of the Anthropological Society of Bombay_, iv. No. 7 (1898). in _North Indian Notes and Queries_, v. “Notes on two Behari Pastimes,” in _Journal of the Anthropological Society of Bombay_, iii. “On some Ceremonies for producing Rain,” in _Journal of the Anthropological Society of Bombay_, iii. (1893). “On the Har Paraurī, or the Behari Women’s Ceremony for producing Rain,” in _Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society of Great Britain and Ireland_, N.S. xxix. (1897). “On Vestiges of Moon-Worship in Behar and Bengal,” in _Journal of the Anthropological Society of Bombay_, ii.

_Mittheilungen der Afrikanischen Gesellschaft in Deutschland._

_Mittheilungen der Anthropologischen Gesellschaft in Wien._

_Mittheilungen der Deutschen Gesellschaft bei Sud und Sud-Ostasiens._ Yokohama.

_Mitteilungen der Deutschen Orient-Gesellschaft zu Berlin._

_Mittheilungen der Geographischen Gesellschaft in Hamburg._

_Mitteilungen der Geographischen Gesellschaft zu Jena._

_Mittheilungen des Kaiserlich Deutschen Archaeologischen Instituts, Athenische Abtheilung._

_Mittheilungen der Kaiserlichen Königlichen Geographischen Gesellschaft in Wien._

_Mitteilungen der Literarischen Gesellschaft Masovia._ Lötzen, 1902.

_Mitteilungen des Seminars für orientalische Sprachen zu Berlin._

_Mitteilungen der Vorderasiatischen Gesellschaft._

_Mitteilungen von Forschungsreisenden und Gelehrten aus den deutschen Schutzgebieten._

Mockler-Ferryman, A. F., _British Nigeria_. London, 1902. _Up the Niger._ London, 1892.

Modi, Jivangi Jimshedji, B.A., “On the Chariot of the Goddess, a Supposed Remedy for driving out an Epidemic,” in _Journal of the Anthropological Society of Bombay_, vol. iv. No. 8. Bombay, 1899.

Modigliani, E., _L’ Isola delle Donne_. Milan, 1894. _Un Viaggio a Nías._ Milan, 1890.

Moerenhout, J. A., _Voyages aux Îles du Grand Océan_. Paris, 1837.

Moffat, Dr. R., _Missionary Labours and Scenes in Southern Africa_. London, 1842.

Mofras, Duflos de, “Fragment d’un Voyage en Californie,” in _Bulletin de la Société de Géographie_ (Paris), 2ème Série, xix. (1843).

Moggridge, Mr., reported in _Archaeologia Cambrensis_, Second Series, iii., and in _Journal of the Anthropological Institute_, v. (1876).

Mogk, Eugen, “Mythologie,” in H. Paul’s _Grundriss der germanischen Philologie_, iii. Second Edition. Strasburg, 1900. “Sitten und Gebräuche im Kreislauf des Jahres,” in R. Wuttke’s _Sächsische Volkskunde_. Second Edition. Dresden, 1901.

Molina, “Fables and Rites of the Yncas,” in _Rites and Laws of the Yncas_, translated and edited by (Sir) Clements R. Markham. Hakluyt Society, London, 1873.

Molina, J. I., _Geographical, Natural, and Civil History of Chili_. London, 1809.

Mommsen, August, _Chronologie_. Leipsic, 1883. _Delphika._ Leipsic, 1878. _Feste der Stadt Athen im Altertum._ Leipsic, 1898. _Heortologie._ Leipsic, 1864. _Über die Zeit der Olympien._ Leipsic, 1891.

Mommsen, Theodor, in _Corpus Inscriptionum Latinarum_, vol. i. Pars prior. Editio Altera. Berlin, 1893. _History of Rome._ New Edition. London, 1894. _Römisches Staatsrecht._ Third Edition. Leipsic, 1887. _Römisches Strafrecht._ Leipsic, 1899.

_Monatsberichte der Königlichen Preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften._

Moncelon, L., in _Bulletins de la Société d’Anthropologie de Paris_, 3ème Série, ix. (1886).

Monckton, W., “Some Recollections of New Guinea Customs,” in _Journal of the Polynesian Society_, v. (1896).

Mone, F. J., _Geschichte des Heidenthums im nördlichen Europa_. Leipsic and Darmstadt, 1822-23.

Monk, James Henry, D.D., _Life of Bentley_. Second Edition. London, 1833.

Monnier, Désiré, _Traditions populaires comparées_. Paris, 1854.

Monseur, E., in _Bulletin de Folklore_, 1903. _Le Folklore Wallon._ Brussels, N.D. in _Revue de l’Histoire des Religions_, xxxi. (1895).

Montaigne, _Essais_. Paris (Charpentier), N.D.

Montanus, _Die deutschen Volksfeste, Volksbräuche und deutscher Volksglaube_. Iserlohn, N.D.

Monteiro, J. J., _Angola and the River Congo_. London, 1875.

Montet, E., “Religion et Superstition dans l’Amérique du Sud,” in _Revue de l’Histoire des Religions_, xxxii. (1895).

_Monumenti ed Annali pubblicati dall’ Instituto di Corrispondenza Archeologica._

_Monumenti inediti, pubblicati dall’ Instituto di Corrispondenza Archeologica._

Mooney, James, “Calendar History of the Kiowa Indians,” in _Seventeenth Annual Report of the Bureau of American Ethnology_, Part I. Washington, 1898. “Cherokee Theory and Practice of Medicine,” in _American Journal of Folk-lore_, iii. (1890). “Myths of the Cherokee,” in _Nineteenth Annual Report of the Bureau of American Ethnology_, Part I. Washington, 1900. “Sacred Formulas of the Cherokees,” in _Seventh Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology_. Washington, 1891. “The Indian Navel Cord,” in _Journal of American Folk-lore_, xvii. (1904).

Moor, Captain Edward, “Account of an Hereditary Living Deity,” in _Asiatic Researches_, vii. London, 1803.

* Moorcroft and Trebeck, _Travels in the Himalayan Provinces of Hindustan and the Panjáb_, quoted in _North Indian Notes and Queries_, i. 57, No. 428.

* Moore, _Manx Surnames_, quoted by (Sir) John Rhys, “Manx Folk-lore and Superstitions,” in _Folk-lore_, ii. (1891).

* Moore, Edward, _Hindu Infanticide_, cited by H. A. Rose, in _Indian Antiquary_, xxxi. (1902).

Moore, Dr. G. F., _s.vv._ “Asherah,” “Massebah,” and “Molech, Moloch,” in _Encyclopaedia Biblica_.

Moore, George Fletcher, _Descriptive Vocabulary of the Language in Common Use amongst the Aborigines of Western Australia_. Published along with the Author’s _Diary of Ten Years’ Eventful Life of an Early Settler in Western Australia_, but paged separately. London, 1884.

Moore, Father H. S., in _The Cowley Evangelist_, May 1908.

Moore, Thomas, _Life of Lord Byron_, prefixed to the collected edition of Byron’s works. London, 1832-1833.

“More about Fire-walking,” in _Journal of the Polynesian Society_, vol. x. No. 1 (March 1901).

Moresby, Captain John, _Discoveries and Surveys in New Guinea_. London, 1876.

Moresinus, Thomas, _Papatus seu Depravatae Religionis Origo et Incrementum_. Edinburgh, 1594.

Moret, Alexandre, _Du Caractère religieux de la Royauté Pharaonique_. Paris, 1902. “Du sacrifice en Égypte,” in _Revue de l’Histoire des Religions_, lvii. (1908). _Kings and Gods of Egypt._ New York and London, 1912. _Le Rituel du culte divin journalier en Égypte._ Paris, 1902. _Mystères Égyptiens._ Paris, 1913.

Morga, A. de, _The Philippine Islands, Moluccas, Siam, Cambodia, Japan, and China_. Hakluyt Society. London, 1868.

Morgan, A., in _Journal of American Folk-lore_, x. (1897).

Morgan, E. Delmar, “Notes on the Lower Congo,” in _Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society_, N.S., vi. (1884).

Morgan, L. H., _Ancient Society_. London, 1877. _League of the Iroquois._ Rochester, U.S. America, 1851.

Morgan, Professor M. H., “De ignis eliciendi modis apud antiquos,” in _Harvard Studies in Classical Philology_, i. (1890).

Morice, Rev. Father A. G., _Au pays de l’Ours Noir: chez les sauvages de la Colombie Britannique_. Paris and Lyons, 1897. “Notes, archaeological, industrial, and sociological, on the Western Dénés,” in _Transactions of the Canadian Institute_, iv. (1892-1893). “The Canadian Dénés,” in _Annual Archaeological Report, 1905_. Toronto, 1906. “The Western Dénés, their Manners and Customs,” in _Proceedings of the Canadian Institute, Toronto_, Third Series, vii. (1888-1889).

Morley, H., _Ireland under Elizabeth and James the First_. London, 1890.

_Morning Post, The._

Morris, D. F. van Braam, in _Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde_, xxxiv. (1891).

Morris, M. C. F., _Yorkshire Folk-talk_. London, 1892.

Morrison, Rev. C. W., cited by Dr. Frodsham, in letter to the Author (v. 103 _n._ 3).

Morritt, in Robert Walpole’s _Memoirs relating to European and Asiatic Turkey_. Second Edition. London, 1818.

Morse, Rev. Jedidiah, _Report to the Secretary of War of the United States on Indian Affairs_. Newhaven, 1822.

Moschus, _Carmina_. Ed. Chr. Ziegler. Tübingen, 1868.

Mosheim, J. L., _Ecclesiastical History_, translated by Archibald Maclaine, D.D. London, 1819.

Mouhot, H., _Travels in the Central Parts of Indo-China_. London, 1864.

Moulton, Professor J. H., in letters to the Author (vii. 131 _n._ 4, ix. 373 _n._ 1). _Early Religious Poetry of Persia._ Cambridge, 1911. _Early Zoroastrianism._ London, 1913. _Two Lectures on the Science of Language._ Cambridge, 1903.

Moura, J., _Le Royaume du Cambodge_. Paris, 1883.

Mourenhout, J. A., _Voyages aux îles du Grand Océan_. Paris, 1837.

“Mourning for the Dead among the Digger Indians,” in _Journal of the Anthropological Institute_, iii. (1874).

Movers, F. C., _Die Phoenizier_. Bonn, 1841-1856.

Much, M., _Die Heimat der Indogermanen_. Jena and Berlin, 1904.

Muir, John, _Original Sanscrit Texts_. London, 1858-1872.

Mullen, B. H., “Fetishes from Landana, South-West Africa,” in _Man_, v. (1905).

Müllenhoff, Karl, _Deutsche Altertumskunde_. Berlin, 1870-1900. _Sagen, Märchen und Lieder der Herzogthümer Schleswig, Holstein und Lauenburg._ Kiel, 1845. “Über den Schwerttanz,” in _Festgaben für Gustav Homeyer_. Berlin, 1871.

Müller, C., _Fragmenta Historicorum Graecorum_. Paris, 1868-1883. _Geographi Graeci Minores._ Paris, 1882.

Müller, F. Max, _Lectures on the Science of Language_. Sixth Edition. London, 1871. _Selected Essays on Language, Religion, and Mythology._ London, 1881.

Müller, Iwan von, _Handbuch der klassischen Altertumswissenschaft_.

Müller, J. B., “Les Mœurs et usages des Ostiackes,” in _Recueil de voiages au Nord_, viii. Amsterdam, 1727.

Müller, J. G., _Geschichte der amerikanischen Urreligionen_. Bâle, 1867.

Müller, K. O., _Aeschylos Eumeniden_. Göttingen, 1833. _Denkmäler der alten Kunst._ Second Edition. Ed. Fr. Wieseler. Göttingen, 1854. _Die Dorier._ Second Edition. Breslau, 1844. _Die Etrusker._ Ed. W. Deecke. Stuttgart, 1877. _Kunstarchaeologische Werke._ Berlin, 1873. _Orchomenus und die Minyer._ Second Edition. Breslau, 1844. _Prolegomena zu einer wissenschaftlichen Mythologie._ Göttingen, 1825. “Sandon und Sardanapal,” in _Kunstarchaeologische Werke_, iii.

Müller, P. E., on Saxo Grammaticus, _Historia Danica_. Copenhagen, 1839-1858.

Müller, S., _Reizen en Onderzoekingen in den Indischen Archipel_. Amsterdam, 1857.

Müller, W. “Über die Wildenstämme der Insel Formosa,” in _Zeitschrift für Ethnologie_, xlii. (1910).

Müller, Willibald, _Beiträge zur Volkskunde der Deutschen in Mähren_. Vienna and Olmütz, 1893.

Müller, W. Max, _Asien und Europa_. Leipsic, 1893. “Der Bündnisvortrag Ramses’ II. und des Chetitirkönigs,” in _Mitteilungen der Vorderasiatischen Gesellschaft_, No. 5. Berlin, 1902. in _Mitteilungen der Vorderasiatischen Gesellschaft_, 1900, No. 1.

Müller-Wieseler, _Denkmäler der alten Kunst_. _See_ Müller, K. O.

* _Münchener Neuesten Nachrichten_, No. 235, May 21st, 1909, quoted by L. Curtius, “Christi Himmelfahrt,” in _Archiv für Religionswissenschaft_, xiv. (1911).

Mundy, Captain Rodney, _Narrative of Events in Borneo and Celebes, from the Journal of James Brooke, Esq., Rajah of Sarawak_. London, 1848.

Munro, R., _Ancient Scottish Lake Dwellings or Crannogs_. Edinburgh, 1882. _The Lake Dwellings of Europe._ London, Paris, and Melbourne, 1890.

Münzer, _s.v._ “ Cincius,” in Pauly-Wissowa’s _Real-encyclopädie der classischen Altertumswissenschaft_, iii.

Munzinger, W., _Ostafrikanische Studien_. Schaffhausen, 1864. _Sitten und Recht der Bogos._ Winterthur, 1859.

Murdoch, J., “Ethnological Results of the Point Barrow Expedition,” in _Ninth Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology_. Washington, 1892.

Murr, J., _Die Pflanzenwelt in der griechischen Mythologie_. Innsbruck, 1890.

Murray, _Handbook for Essex, Suffolk, etc._

Murray, Sir James A. H. Private communication (vii. 151 _n._ 3). _See also_ _s.v._ New English Dictionary.

Murray, Margaret A., _The Osireion at Abydos_. London, 1904.

Murray-Aynsley, H. G. M., in _Folk-lore_, iv. (1893).

Murray-Aynsley, Mrs. J. C., “Secular and Religious Dances,” in _Folk-lore Journal_, v. (1887).

_Museo Italiano di Antichità Classica._

Musters, G. C., in _Journal of the Royal Geographical Society_, xli. (1871). _At Home with the Patagonians._ London, 1871. “Notes on Bolivia,” in _Journal of the Royal Geographical Society_, xlvii. (1877). “On the Races of Patagonia,” in _Journal of the Anthropological Institute_, i. (1872).

Mutch, Captain J. S., quoted by Fr. Boas, in _Bulletin of the American Museum of Natural History_, xv. (1901).

Myres, Professor J. L. Private communication (vii. 62 _n._ 5).

_Mythographi Graeci._ Ed. A. Westermann. Brunswick, 1843. (The full title of this work is Μυθογράφοι. _Scriptores Poeticae Historiae Graeci._)

_Mythographi Vaticani._ Ed. G. H. Bode. Cellis, 1834. _See_ _s.v._ Scriptores rerum mythicarum.

_Nachrichten über Kaiser-Wilhelmsland und den Bismarck-Archipel._

Nachtigal, G., “Die Tibbu,” in _Zeitschrift für Erdkunde zu Berlin_, v. (1870). _Sahărâ und Sûdân._ Leipsic, 1879-1889.

Nadaillac, Marquis de, _L’Amérique Préhistorique_. Paris, 1883.

Nanjundayya, H. V., _The Ethnographical Survey of Mysore_, vi. _Komati Caste_. Bangalore, 1906.

Napier, James, _Folk Lore, or Superstitious Beliefs in the West of Scotland within this Century_. Paisley, 1879.

_Narrative of Captain James Fawckner’s Travels on the Coast of Benin, West Africa._ London, 1837.

_Narrative of the Adventures and Sufferings of John R. Jewitt._ Middletown, 1820. Edinburgh, 1824.

“Narrative of the Adventures of Four Russian Sailors, who were cast in a storm upon the uncultivated island of East Spitzbergen.” Translated from the German of P. L. Le Roy, in John Pinkerton’s _Voyages and Travels_, vol. i.

_Narrative of the Captivity and Adventures of John Tanner, during Thirty Years’ Residence among the Indians._ Prepared for the Press by Edwin James, M.D. London, 1830.

* _Narrative of Travels in Europe, Asia, and Africa in the Seventeenth Century by Evliyā Efendī._ Translated from the Turkish by the Ritter Joseph von Hammer. Oriental Translation Fund.

_Narratives of the Mission of George Bogle to Tibet and of the Journey of Thomas Manning to Lhasa._ Edited by (Sir) Clements R. Markham. London, 1876.

Nassau, R. H., _Fetichism in West Africa_. London, 1904.

Nath, Rai Bahadur Lala Baij, B.A., _Hinduism Ancient and Modern_. Meerut, 1905.

“Native Stories from Santa Cruz and Reef Islands.” Translated by the Rev. W. O’Ferrall, in _Journal of the Anthropological Institute_, xxxiv. (1904).

_Native Tribes of South Australia_, with an introductory chapter by J. D. Woods. Adelaide, 1879.

_Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch Indie._

Naville, E., _La Religion des anciens Egyptiens_. Paris, 1906.

Negelein, J. von, “Die volksthümliche Bedeutung der weissen Farbe,” in _Zeitschrift für Ethnologie_, xxxiii. (1901). “Eine Quelle der indische Seelenwanderungvorstellung,” in _Archiv für Religionswissenschaft_, vi. (1903). “Seele als Vogel,” in _Globus_, lxxix. (1901).

Neil, R. A., of Pembroke College, Cambridge. Private communications (viii. 22 _n._ 4, xi. 82 _n._ 5).

* Nelson, A. E., _Central Provinces Gazetteer, Bilaspur District_, 1910.

Nelson, E. W., “The Eskimo about Bering Strait,” in _Eighteenth Annual Report of the Bureau of American Ethnology_, Part I. Washington, 1899.

Nery, F. J. de Santa-Anna, _Folklore Brésilien_. Paris, 1889.

Nesfield, J. C., in _Panjab Notes and Queries_, ii.

Neuhauss, R., _Deutsch Neu-Guinea_. Berlin, 1911.

Neumann, C., und Partsch, J., _Physikalische Geographie von Griechenland_. Breslau, 1885.

Neumann, J. B., “Het Pane- en Bila-Stroomgebied op het eiland Sumatra,” _Tijdschrift van het Nederlandsch Aardrijkskundig Genootschap_, Tweede Serie, deel iii. meer uitgebreide artikelen, No. 2 (Amsterdam, 1886); deel iv. No. 1 (1887).

Neumann, J. E., “_Kemali_, _Pantang_, en _Rèboe_ bij de Karo-Bataks,” in _Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde_, xlviii. (1906).

Neumann, J. H., “De _begoe_ in de godsdienstige begrippen der Karo-Bataks in de Doesoen,” in _Mededeelingen van wege het Nederlandsche Zendelinggenootschap_, xlvi. (1902). “De _tĕndi_ in verband met Si Dajang,” in _Mededeelingen van wege het Nederlandsche Zendelinggenootschap_, xlviii. (1904). “Iets over den landbouw bij de Karo-Bataks,” in _Mededeelingen van wege het Nederlandsche Zendelinggenootschap_, xlvi. (1902).

Neumann, K., _Die Hellenen im Skythenlande_. Berlin, 1855.

New, Charles, _Life, Wanderings, and Labours in Eastern Africa_. London, 1873.

_New English Dictionary._ Edited by Sir James A. H, Murray, etc. Oxford, 1888- .

Newberry, Professor P. E., in letter to the Author (vi. 109 _n._ 1).

Newbold, T. J., _Political and Statistical Account of the British Settlements in the Straits of Malacca_. London, 1839.

Newell, J. E., “Chief’s Language in Samoa,” in _Transactions of the Ninth International Congress of Orientalists_. London, 1893.

Newman, Ch. L. Norris, _Matabeleland and how we got it_. London, 1895.

Newman, J. H., _Sermons preached before the University of Oxford_. Third Edition. London, 1872.

Newman, W. L., in his edition of Aristotle, _Politics_. Oxford, 1887-1902.

Newton, Alfred, _Dictionary of Birds_. New Edition. London, 1893-1896.

Neyret, Mgr., Bishop of Vizagapatam, in _Annales de la Propagation de la Foi_, xxiii. (1851).

Nicander. Ed. F. S. Lehrs, in _Poetae Bucolici et Didactici_. Paris (Didot), 1862. _Alexipharmaca._ _Theriaca._

Nicholas, Francis C., “The Aborigines of Santa Maria, Colombia,” in _American Anthropologist_, N.S., iii. New York, 1901.

Nicholson, Mrs. C., quoted by R. C. Maclagan, in “Notes on Folk-lore Objects collected in Argyleshire,” _Folk-lore_, vi. (1895).

Nicholson, J., _Folk-lore of East Yorkshire_. London, Hull, and Driffield, 1890. Supplemented by a letter addressed to Mr. E. S. Hartland, and dated 33 Leicester Street, Hull, 11th September 1890.

Nicolaus Damascenus, in _Fragmenta Historicorum Graecorum_, ed. C. Müller, vol. iii. quoted by Athenaeus, iv. 39. quoted by Stobaeus, _Florilegium_. Ed. Meineke.

Nicolson, Alexander, _A Collection of Gaelic Proverbs and Familiar Phrases, based on Macintosh’s Collection_. London and Edinburgh, 1881.

Nicolson, F. W., “The Saliva Superstition in Classical Literature,” in _Harvard Studies in Classical Philology_, viii. (1897).

Nicolson, J., in _The World’s Work and Play_ (February 1906).

Niebuhr, B. G., _History of Rome_. Third Edition. London, 1837-1838.

Niemann, G. K., “De Boeginezen en Makassaren,” in _Bijdragen tot de Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch-Indië_, xxxviii. (1889).

Nietzold, J., _Die Ehe in Ägypten zur ptolemäisch-römischen Zeit_. Leipsic, 1903.

_Nieuw Guinea, ethnographisch en natuurkundig onderzocht en beschreven._ Amsterdam, 1862.

Nieuwenhuis, Dr. A. W., _In Centraal Borneo_. Leyden, 1900. _Quer durch Borneo._ Leyden, 1904-1907. “Tweede Reis van Pontianak naar Samarinda,” in _Tijdschrift van het Koninklijke Nederlandsch Aardrijkskundig Genootschap_, II. Serie, xvii. (1900).

Nieuwenhuisen, J. T., en Rosenberg, H. C. B. von, “Verslag omtrent het Eiland Nias en deszelfs Bewoners,” in _Verhandelingen van het Bataviaasch Genootschap van Kunsten en Wetenschappen_, xxx. Batavia, 1863.

Nigmann, E., _Die Wahehe_. Berlin, 1908.

Nilles, N., _Kalendarium Manuale utriusque Ecclesiae Orientalis et Occidentalis_. Second Edition. Innsbruck, 1896-97.

Nilsson, Professor Martin P., _Griechische Feste von religiöser Bedeutung_. Leipsic, 1906. _Studia de Dionysiis Atticis._ Lund, 1900.

Nind, Scott, “Description of the Natives of King George’s Sound (Swan River Colony),” in _Journal of the Royal Geographical Society_, i. (1832).

_Nineteenth Century, The._

Nino, Antonio de, _Usi e Costumi Abruzzesi_. Florence, 1879-1883.

Nissen, H., _Italische Landeskunde_. Berlin, 1883-1902.

Noel, V., “Île de Madagascar: recherches sur les Sakkalava,” in _Bulletin de la Société de Géographie_ (Paris), Deuxième Série, xx. (1843).

Noguès, J. L. M., _Les Mœurs d’autrefois en Saintonge et en Aunis_. Saintes, 1891.

Nöldeke, Professor Theodor, in letter to the Author (ix. 373 _n._ 1). “Die Selbstentmannung bei den Syrern,” in _Archiv für Religionswissenschaft_, x. (1907). _s.vv._ “Esther,” and “Names” in _Encyclopaedia Biblica_. _Geschichte der Perser und Araber zur Zeit der Sassaniden, aus der arabischen Chronik des Tabari übersetzt._ Leyden, 1879. “Tigre-Texte,” in _Zeitschrift für Assyriologie_, xxiv. (1910).

Nonius Marcellus, _De compendiosa doctrina_. Ed. L. Quicherat. Paris, 1872.

Nonnus, _Les Dionysiaques_. Grec et Français par le Comte de Marcellus. Paris (Didot), 1856.

Nonnus Abbas, _Ad S. Gregorii orationes ii. contra Julianum_, in Migne’s _Patrologia Graeca_, xxxvi.

Norden, E., _P. Vergilius Maro, Aeneis Buch VI._ Leipsic, 1903.

Nordenskiöld, Baron E., “Travels on the Boundaries of Bolivia and Argentina,” in _The Geographical Journal_, xxi. (1903).

Nore, Alfred de, _Coutumes, Mythes et Traditions des provinces de France_. Paris and Lyons, 1846.

Norman, H., _The Peoples and Politics of the Far East_. London, 1905.

_North China Herald._

_North Indian Notes and Queries._

* _North Star_ (Sitka, Alaska, December 1888), quoted in _Journal of American Folk-lore_, ii. (1889).

Noskowÿj, P. B., _Maqrizii de valle Hadhramaut libellus arabice editus et illustratus_. Bonn, 1866.

_Notes analytiques sur les collections ethnographiques du Musée du Congo._ Brussels, 1902-1906.

_Notes and Queries._

“Notes on the River Amur and the Adjacent Districts.” Translated from the Russian, in _Journal of the Royal Geographical Society_, xxviii. (1858).

_Notizie degli Scavi._

_Nova Acta, Abhandlungen der kaiserlichen Leop.-Carol. Deutschen Akademie der Naturforscher._

_Novus Orbis regionum ac insulartum veteribus incognitarum._ Paris, 1532.

Nowack, W., _Lehrbuch der hebräischen Archäologie_. Freiburg i. B. and Leipsic, 1894.

Numbers, The Book of.

_Numismatic Chronicle._

_Nuova Antologia._

Nusselein, A. H. F. J., “Beschrijving van het landschap Pasir,” in _Bijdragen tot de Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch-Indië_, lviii. (1905).

Nutt, D., _The Voyage of Bran_. London, 1895-1897.

Nuttall, Zelia, “The Periodical Adjustments of the Ancient Mexican Calendar,” in _American Anthropologist_, N.S. vi. (1904).

* Nyrop, in _Dania_, i. No. 1 (Copenhagen, 1890), referred to by H. Gaidoz, _Un Vieux Rite médical_. Paris, 1892.

Nyuak, Leo, “Religious Rites and Customs of the Iban or Dyaks of Sarawak.” Translated from the Dyak by the Very Rev. Edm. Dunn, in _Anthropos_, i. (1906).

Oberhummer, E., _Die Insel Cypern_. Munich, 1903.

Obsequens, Julius, _Prodigiorum liber_, appended to W. Weissenborn’s edition of Livy, vol. x. 2. (Berlin, 1881).

“Observations on the Creek and Cherokee Indians, by William Bartram, 1789, with prefatory and supplementary notes by E. G. Squier,” in _Transactions of the American Ethnological Society_, iii. Part i. (1853).

O’Donovan, E., _The Merv Oasis_. London, 1882.

O’Ferrall, Rev. W., “Native Stories from Santa Cruz and Reef Islands,” in _Journal of the Anthropological Institute_, xxxiv. (1904).

Ogilby, J., _Africa_. London, 1670.

O’Grady, Standish H., _Sylva Gadelica_. Translation. London, 1892.

Olaus Magnus, _Historia de gentium septentrionalium variis conditionibus_. Bâle, 1567.

“Old Harvest Customs in Devon and Cornwall,” in _Folk-lore_, i. (1890).

_Old New Zealand._ By a Pakeha Maori. London, 1884.

Oldenberg, H., _Buddha_. Fifth Edition. Stuttgart and Berlin, 1906. _Die Literatur des alten Indien._ Stuttgart and Berlin, 1903. _Die Religion des Veda._ Berlin, 1894.

Oldfield, A., “On the Aborigines of Australia,” in _Transactions of the Ethnological Society of London_, N.S. iii. (1865).

Oldfield, H. A., _Sketches from Nipal_. London, 1880.

Oldham, C. F., “The Nagas,” in _Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society for 1901_. London, 1901.

“Old-Time Survivals in Remote Norwegian Dales,” in _Folk-lore_, xx. (1909). Translated from * Pastor Chr. Glükstad’s _Sundalen og Öksendalens Beskrivelse_, published at Christiania.

Oman, J. C., _The Great Indian Epics_. London, 1894.

“On a Far-off Island,” in _Blackwood’s Magazine_, February 1886.

_On the Passing of the Blessed Virgin Mary._ Apocryphal work attributed to the Apostle John. _See_ _s.v._ Johanni Apostoli.

Opigez, O., “Aperçu général sur la Nouvelle-Calédonie,” in _Bulletin de la Société de Géographie_ (Paris), 7ème Série, vii. (1886).

Oppert, G., “Note sur les Sālagrāmas,” in _Comptes rendus de l’Académie des Inscriptions et Belles-Lettres_. Paris, 1900. _On the Original Inhabitants of Bharatavarsa or India._ Westminster and Leipsic, 1893.

Oppianus, _Halieutica_. Ed. F. S. Lehrs, in _Poetae Bucolici et Didactici_. Paris (Didot), 1862.

Ordish, T. Fairman, “English Folk-Drama,” in _Folk-lore_, iv. (1893).

Orelli, J. C., _Inscriptionum Latinarum selectarum amplissima collectio_. Zürich, 1828-1856.

_Orient und Occident._

Origen, _Commentarium in Joannem II._, in Migne’s _Patrologia Graeca_, xiv. _Contra Celsum_, in Migne’s _Patrologia Graeca_, xi. _In Jeremiam Hom. XV. 4_, in Migne’s _Patrologia Graeca_, xiii. _Selecta in Ezechielem_, in Migne’s _Patrologia Graeca_, xiii.

_Original-Mittheilungen aus der ethnologischen Abtheilung der königlichen Museen zu Berlin._

_Orphica._ Ed. E. Abel. Leipsic and Prague, 1885.

_Orphica._ Ed. G. Hermann. Leipsic, 1805.

* Ortiz, Padre Tomas, _La Pratica del ministerio_. Manila, 1713.

Osculati, G., _Esplorazione delle regioni equatorali lungo il Napo ed il fiume delle Amazzoni_. Milan, 1850.

* _Ostasiatischer Lloyd_, March 14, 1890, quoted by J. E. D. Schmeltz, “Das Pflugfest in China,” in _Internationales Archiv für Ethnographie_, xi. (1898).

Otto, W., “Juno,” in _Philologus_, lxiv. (1905).

Overbeck, J., _Griechische Kunstmythologie_. Leipsic, 1873-1878.

Ovid, _Opera_, in _Corpus Poetarum Latinorum_, ed. J. P. Postgate. London, 1894-1905. _Amores._ _Ars amatoria._ _Ex Ponto._ _Fasti._ Ed. R. Merkel. Berlin, 1841. Ed. F. A. Paley, London, N.D. _Heroides._ _Ibis._ _Metamorphoses._ _Tristia._

Oviedo y Valdés, Fernandez de, _Historia General y Natural de las Indias_. Madrid, 1851-1855.

Oviedo y Valdes, G. F., _Histoire de Nicaragua_. Published in Ternaux-Compans’s _Voyages, relations et mémoires originaux, pour servir à l’histoire de la découverte de l’Amérique_. Paris, 1840.

Owen, Rev. Elias, _Welsh Folk-lore_. Oswestry and Wrexham, N.D., preface dated 1896.

Owen, Mary Alicia, _Folk-lore of the Musquakie Indians of North America_. London, 1904.

Owen, Captain W. F. W., _Narrative of Voyages to explore the Shores of Africa, Arabia, and Madagascar_. London, 1833.

_Oxyrhynchus Papyri._ Ed. B. P. Grenfell and A. S. Hunt. Part iii. London, 1903.

“Padstow ‘Hobby Hoss,’ ” in _Folk-lore_, xvi. (1905).

_Pahlavi Texts._ Translated by E. W. West. Oxford, 1892. (_The Sacred Books of the East_, vol. xxxvii.)

Pais, Ettore, _Ancient Legends of Roman History_. London, 1906.

Palaephatus, _De incredibilibus_, in _Mythographi Graeci_, ed. Ant. Westermann. Brunswick, 1843.

_Palestine Exploration Fund Quarterly Statement for 1884._

Palladius, _De re rustica_, in _Scriptores Rei Rusticae Veteres Latini_, ed. J. G. Schneider, vol. iii.

Pallas, P. S., _Reise durch verschiedene Provinzen des russischen Reichs_. St. Petersburg, 1771-1776.

Pallegoix, Mgr., _Description du royaume Thai ou Siam_. Paris, 1854.

Palmer, E., “Notes on some Australian Tribes,” in _Journal of the Anthropological Institute_, xiii. (1884). “On Plants used by the Natives of North Queensland,” in _Journal and Proceedings of the Royal Society of New South Wales for 1883_, xvii.

Palmer, J., quoted by R. H. Codrington, _The Melanesians_.

Palmer, L. Linton, “A Visit to Easter Island,” in _Journal of the Royal Geographical Society_, xl. (1870).

Pander, Professor E., “Das lamaische Pantheon,” in _Zeitschrift für Ethnologie_, xxi. (1889). “Geschichte des Lamaismus,” in _Verhandlungen der Berliner Gesellschaft für Anthropologie, Ethnologie und Urgeschichte_, 1889.

Panikkar, T. K. Gopal, _Malabar and its Folk_. Madras, N.D. Preface dated Chowghaut, 8th October 1900.

_Panjab Notes and Queries._

_Pantschatantra._ Übersetzt von Th. Benfey. Leipsic, 1859.

Panyasis, cited by Apollodorus, _Bibliotheca_.

Panzer, Fr., _Beitrag zur deutschen Mythologie_. Munich, 1848-1855.

* Papon, _Histoire générale de la Provence_, quoted by L. J. B. Bérenger-Feraud, _Superstitions et Survivances_, iv. Paris, 1896.

Park, Mungo, _Travels in the Interior Districts of Africa_. Fifth Edition. London, 1807.

Parker, E. H., _China Past and Present_. London, 1903.

Parker, Joseph, in Brough Smyth’s _Aborigines of Victoria_, ii.

Parkinson, John, “Note on the Asaba People (Ibos) of the Niger,” in _Journal of the Anthropological Institute_, xxxvi. (1906). “Notes on the Efik Belief in ‘Bush-soul,’ ” in _Man_, vi. (1906). “Southern Nigeria, the Lagos Province,” in _The Empire Review_, vol. xv. (May 1908).

Parkinson, R., “Beiträge zur Ethnologie der Gilbertinsulaner,” in _Internationales Archiv für Ethnographie_, ii. (1889). “Die Berlinhafen Section, ein Beitrag zur Ethnographie der Neu-Guinea Küste,” in _Internationales Archiv für Ethnographie_, xiii. (1900). _Dreissig Jahre in der Südsee._ Stuttgart, 1907. _Im Bismarck Archipel._ Leipsic, 1887. _Zur Ethnographie der Nordwestlichen Salomo Inseln._ Berlin, 1899. “Zur Ethnographie der Ontong Java- und Tasman-Inseln,” in _Internationales Archiv für Ethnographie_, x. (1897).

Parkinson, Th., _Yorkshire Legends and Traditions_. Second Series. London, 1889.

Parkyns, Mansfield, _Life in Abyssinia_. Second Edition. London, 1868.

Parmentier, L., and Cumont, Fr., “Le Roi des Saturnales,” in _Revue de Philologie_, xxi. (1897).

_Paroemiographi Graeci._ Ed. E. L. Leutsch et F. G. Schneidewin. Göttingen, 1839-1851.

Parsons, Harold G., in letter to Mr. Theodore A. Cooke (iv. 203 _n._ 5).

Parthenius, _Narrationes Amatoriae_, in _Mythographi Graeci_, ed. Ant. Westermann.

Partridge, Charles, _Cross River Natives_. London, 1905. “The Burial of the Atta of Igaraland and the ‘Coronation’ of his Successor,” in _Blackwood’s Magazine_ (September 1904). In letter to the Author (ii. 294 _n._ 2).

Paschal Chronicle, in Migne’s _Patrologia Graeca_, xcii.

Pasquier, E., _Recherches de la France_. Paris, 1633.

Passarini, L., “Il Comparatico e la Festa di S. Giovanni nelle Marche e in Roma,” in _Archivio per lo Studio delle Tradizioni Popolari_, i. (1882).

“Passio Sancti Symphoriani,” in Migne’s _Patrologia Graeca_, v.

Paton, L. B., _s.v._ “Atargatis,” in J. Hastings’s _Encyclopaedia of Religion and Ethics_, ii. _Critical and Exegetical Commentary on the Book of Esther._ Edinburgh, 1908. _The Early History of Syria and Palestine._ London, 1902.

Paton, W. R., “Die Kreuzigung Jesu,” in _Zeitschrift für die neutestamentliche Wissenschaft_, ii. (1901). in _Folk-lore_, i. (1890), ii. (1891), vi. (1895), xii. (1901). in letters to the Author (vi. 78 _n._ 1, xi. 319). “The Holy Names of the Eleusinian Priests,” in _International Folk-lore Congress, 1891, Papers and Transactions_. “The _Pharmakoi_ and the Story of the Fall,” in _Revue archéologique_, 4ème Série, ix. (1907).

Paton, W. R., and Hicks, E. L., _The Inscriptions of Cos_. Oxford, 1891.

Paul, H., _Grundriss der germanischen Philologie_. Second Edition, vol. iii. Strasburg, 1900.

Paulitschke, Ph., _Ethnographie Nordost-Afrikas: die geistige Cultur der Danâkil, Galla und Somâl_. Berlin, 1896. _Ethnographie Nordost-Afrikas: die materielle Cultur der Danâkil, Galla und Somâl._ Berlin, 1893.

Paulus Diaconus, _Historia Langobardorum_. Ed. G. Waitz. Hanover, 1878.

Paulus Fagius, quoted by J. Selden, _De dis Syris_. Leipsic, 1668.

Pauly, A., _Real-Encyclopädie der classischen Alterthumswissenschaft_. Stuttgart, 1842-1866 (vol. i. Second Edition; vols. ii.-vi. First Edition).

Pauly, T. de, _Description ethnographique des Peuples de la Russie: Peuples de l’Amérique Russe_. St. Petersburg, 1862. _Peuples ouralo-altaïques._ St. Petersburg, 1862. _Peuples de la Sibérie orientale._ St. Petersburg, 1862.

Pauly-Wissowa, _Real-Encyclopädie der classischen Altertumswissenschaft_. Stuttgart, 1894- .

Pausanias, _Graeciae Descriptio_. Ed. Fr. Spiro. Leipsic, 1903.

Payne, Bishop, quoted by Sir Harry Johnston, _Liberia_. London, 1906.

Payne, E. J., _History of the New World called America_, vol. i. Oxford, 1892.

Payne, J. H., quoted in “Observations on the Creek and Cherokee Indians, by William Bartram, 1789, with Prefatory and Supplementary Notes by E. G. Squier,” in _Transactions of the American Ethnological Society_, vol. iii. part i. (1853).

Peacock, Miss Mabel, in letter to the Author (ii. 231 _n._ 3). “The Folk-lore of Lincolnshire,” in _Folk-lore_, xii. (1901).

Peake, Professor A. S., on Job xxxviii. 31, in _The Century Bible_.

Peale, Titian R., in _The American Naturalist_, xviii. (1884).

Pearse, J., “Customs connected with Death and Burial among the Sihanaka,” in _The Antananarivo Annual and Madagascar Magazine_, vol. ii., _Reprint of the Second Four Numbers, 1881-1884_. Antananarivo, 1896.

Pechuel-Loesche, “Indiscretes aus Loango,” in _Zeitschrift für Ethnologie_, x. (1878).

Pedlow, M. R., in _Indian Antiquary_, xxix. (1900).

Peet, T. E., _The Stone and Bronze Ages in Italy and Sicily_. Oxford, 1909.

* _Peking Gazette_, quoted in _Lettres édifiantes et curieuses_, xxi. Nouvelle Edition.

Pelleschi, G., _Eight Months on the Gran Chaco of the Argentine Republic_. London, 1886.

Pelleschi, J., _Los Indios Matacos_. Buenos Ayres, 1897.

_Pembroke County Guardian._

* “Penitential of Theodore,” quoted by J. M. Kemble, _Saxons in England_, i.

Pennant, Thomas, “A Tour in Scotland, 1769,” in John Pinkerton’s _Voyages and Travels_, iii. “A Tour in Scotland and Voyage to the Hebrides in 1772,” in John Pinkerton’s _Voyages and Travels_, iii. MS., quoted by J. Brand, _Popular Antiquities of Great Britain_. London, 1882-1883.

_People of Turkey, The._ By a Consul’s Daughter and Wife. London, 1878.

_People’s Weekly Journal for Norfolk._

Pepys, Samuel, _Memoirs_. Edited by Lord Braybrooke. Second Edition. London, 1828.

Percival, Major C., “Tropical Africa, on the Border Line of Mohamedan Civilization,” in _The Geographical Journal_, xlii. (1913).

Percival, R., _Account of the Island of Ceylon_. Second Edition. London, 1805.

Perdrizet, P., “Terres-cuites de Lycosoura, et mythologie arcadienne,” in _Bulletin de Correspondance hellénique_, xxiii. (1899).

Perelaer, M. T. H., _Ethnographische Beschrijving der Dajaks_. Zalt-Bommel, 1870.

Perera, Arthur A., “Glimpses of Singhalese Social Life,” in _Indian Antiquary_, xxxi. (1902), xxxii. (1903), xxxiii. (1904).

Perham, Rev. J., in H. Ling Roth’s _Natives of Sarawak and British North Borneo_. London, 1896. “Manangism in Borneo,” in _Journal of the Straits Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society_, No. 19. Singapore, 1887. “Mengap, the Song of the Dyak Sea Feast,” in _Journal of the Straits Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society_, No. 2. Singapore, December 1878. “Petara, or Sea Dyak Gods,” in _Journal of the Straits Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society_, No. 8, December 1881. “Sea Dyak Religion,” in _Journal of the Straits Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society_, No. 10 (December 1882), No. 14 (December 1884).

Pérot, Francis, “Prières, Invocations, Formules Sacrées, Incantations en Bourbonnais,” in _Revue des Traditions Populaires_, xviii. (1903).

Perregaux, E., _Chez les Achanti_. Neuchâtel, 1906.

Perrot, G., et Chipiez, Ch., _Histoire de l’Art dans l’Antiquité_. Paris, 1882- .

_Persian Tales_, quoted in _The Spectator_, No. 578. August 9, 1714.

Persius, _Satires_. Ed. J. Conington. Second Edition. Oxford, 1874.

Pertz, Georg Heinrich, _Monumenta Germaniae historica_.

Peschel, Oscar, _Völkerkunde_. Sixth Edition. Leipsic, 1885.

Peter, Anton, _Volksthümliches aus Österreichisch-Schlesien_. Troppau, 1865-1867.

Peter, R., _s.vv._ “Fortuna,” “Mefitis,” and “Orcus,” in W. H. Roscher’s _Lexikon der griechischen und römischen Mythologie_.

Peter of Dusburg, _Chronicon Prussiae_. Ed. Chr. Hartknoch. Frankfort and Leipsic, 1679.

_Petermanns Mitteilungen._ _Ergänzungshefte._

Petersen, Ch., “Das Grab und die Todtenfeier des Dionysos,” in _Philologus_, xv. 1860.

Petersen, E., _Vom alten Rom_. Leipsic, 1900.

Petit, Dr. Antoine, in Th. Lefebvre’s _Voyage en Abyssinie_.

Petitot, Émile, _Monographie des Dènè-Dindjié_. Paris, 1876. _Monographie des Esquimaux Tchiglit._ Paris, 1876. _Traditions indiennes du Canada Nord-ouest._ Paris, 1886.

Petrarch, _Epistolae de rebus familiaribus_. Ed. J. Fracassetti. Florence, 1859-1862.

Petrie, Professor W. M. Flinders, in letters to the Author (v. 231 _n._ 3, vi. 216 _n._ 1). _Egyptian Tales._ Second Series. London, 1895. _Researches in Sinai._ London, 1906. _The Religion of Ancient Egypt._ London, 1906. _The Royal Tombs of the Earliest Dynasties._ London, 1901.

Petroff, Ivan, _Report on the Population, Industries, and Resources of Alaska_. Preface dated August 7, 1882.

Petronius, _Satyricon_. Ed. Fr. Buecheler. Third Edition. Berlin, 1882.

* Petrus, Martyr, _De nuper sub D. Carolo repertis insulis_. Basileae, 1521. (Referred to by E. Seler, in _Alt-Mexikanische Studien_, ii. Berlin, 1899.)

Pettazzoni, R., “Mythologie Australienne du Rhombe,” in _Revue de l’histoire des Religions_, lxv. (1912).

Pettigrew, T. J., _On Superstitions connected with the History and Practice of Medicine and Surgery_. London, 1844.

Pettigrew, Rev. Wm., “Kathi Kasham, the ‘Soul Departure’ Feast as practised by the Tangkkul Nagas, Manipur, Assam,” in _Journal and Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal_, N.S., vol. v. 1909. Calcutta, 1910.

Pfannenschmid, H., _Germanische Erntefeste_. Hanover, 1878.

Pfeil, Joachim Graf, in _Journal of the Anthropological Institute_, xxvii. (1898). _Studien und Beobachtungen aus der Südsee._ Brunswick, 1899.

Pfizmaier, A., “Nachrichten von den alten Bewohnern des heutigen Corea,” in _Sitzungsberichte der philosophischen-historischen Classe der kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften_, lvii. Vienna, 1868.

Phaedrus, _Fabulae Aesopiae_. Ed. L. Müller. Leipsic, 1877.

Philippson, A., _Der Peloponnes_. Berlin, 1891.

Phillips, J. Thomas, _Account of the Religion, Manners, and Learning of the People of Malabar_. London, 1717.

Philo of Byblus, in _Fragmenta Historicorum Graecorum_, ed. C. Müller, vol. iii., quoted by Eusebius, _Praeparatio Evangelii_, i.

Philo Judaeus (Philo of Alexandria). Ed. Th. Mangey. London, 1742. _Adversus Flaccum._ _De specialibus legibus._

Philo vom Walde, _Schlesien in Sage und Brauch_. Berlin, N.D., preface dated 1883.

Philocalus, _Calendarium_, in _Corpus Inscriptionum Latinarum_, vol. i. Pars prior, Editio Altera, with Th. Mommsen’s commentary. Berlin, 1893.

Philochorus, cited by Athenaeus. in _Fragmenta Historicorum Graecorum_, ed. C. Müller, vol. i.

_Philologus._

Philostephanus, cited by Arnobius and Clement.

Philostratus, _Opera_. Ed. C. L. Kayser. Leipsic, 1870-1871. _Epistolae._ _Heroica._ _Imagines._ _Vita Apollonii Tyanensis._ _Vitae Sophistarum._

Philostratus Junior, _Imagines_. Ed. C. L. Kayser. Leipsic, 1871.

Photius, _Bibliotheca_. Ed. Im. Bekker. Berlin, 1824. _Lexicon._ Ed. S. A. Naber. Leyden, 1864-1865.

Phylarchus, cited by Athenaeus. in _Fragmenta Historicorum Graecorum_, ed. C. Müller, vol. i.

Picarda, Father, “Autour du Mandéra, Notes sur l’Ouzigoua, l’Oukwéré et l’Oudoé (Zanguebar),” in _Les Missions Catholiques_, xviii. (1886).

Pickering, Anna Maria Wilhelmina, _Memoirs_. Edited by her son, Spencer Pickering. London, 1903.

Pierret, P., _Le Livre des Morts_. Paris, 1882.

Piers, Sir Henry, _Description of the County of Westmeath_, written in 1682. Published by (General) Charles Vallancey, _Collectanea de Rebus Hibernicis_, i. Dublin, 1786.

Pietschmann, R., _Geschichte der Phoenizier_. Berlin, 1889.

Piggul, James, in report to Baron de Bogouschefsky, _Journal of the Anthropological Institute_, iii. (1874).

Pilsudski, B., “Schwangerschaft, Entbindung und Fehlgeburt bei den Bewohnern der Insel Sachalin,” in _Anthropos_, v. (1910).

Pinabel, “Notes sur quelques peuplades dépendant du Tong-King,” in _Bulletin de la Société de Géographie_, Septième Série, v. Paris, 1884.

Pinart, A., “Les Indiens de l’État de Panama,” in _Revue d’Ethnographie_, vi. (1887).

Pindar, _Opera_. Ed. Aug. Boeckh. Leipsic, 1811-1821. _Isthmia._ _Olympia._ _Pythia._ quoted by Clement of Alexandria, _Stromateis_, iii. quoted by Plutarch, _Isis et Osiris_.

Pineau, L., _Le Folk-lore du Poitou_. Paris, 1892.

Pinkerton, John, _General Collection of Voyages and Travels_. London, 1808-1814.

Piolet, J. B., _Madagascar et les Hovas_. Paris, 1895.

* _Pioneer Mail_ of May 1890, extract quoted in _The Indian Antiquary_, xxxii. (1903).

Pischel, K. F., and Geldner, _Vedische Studien_. Stuttgart, 1889.

* Piso, L., _Annals_, first book referred to, in Pliny, _Naturalis Historia_.

Pistorius, A. W. P. V., _Studien over de inlandsche huishouding in de Padangsche Bovenlanden_. Zalt-Bommel, 1871.

Pistorius, J., _Polonicae historiae corpus_. Bâle, 1582.

Pitrè, Giuseppe, _Feste patronali in Sicilia_. Turin and Palermo, 1900. _Fiabe, Novelle e Racconti popolari Siciliani._ Palermo, 1875. _Spettacoli e Feste Popolari Siciliane._ Palermo, 1881. _Usi e Costumi, Credenze e Pregiudizî del Popolo Siciliano._ Palermo, 1889.

Pittier de Fabrega, H., “Die Sprache der Bribri-Indianer in Costa Rica,” in _Sitzungsberichte der philosophischen-historischen Classe der kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften_. Vienna, 1898.

Placci, Signor Carlo, in letter to the Author (x. 127 _n._ 1).

Placucci, M., _Usi e pregiudizj dei contadini della Romagna_. Palermo, 1885.

Plan de Carpin (de Plano Carpini), _Relation des Mongols ou Tartares_. Ed. D’Avezac. Paris, 1838.

Plancy, Collin de, _Dictionnaire Infernal_. Paris, 1825-1826.

Plassard, Dr. Louis, “Les Guaraunos et le delta de l’Orénoque,” in _Bulletin de la Société de Géographie_ (Paris), 5ème Série, xv. (1868).

Plate, L. M. F., “Bijdrage tot de kennis van de lykanthropie bij de Sasaksche bevolking in Oost-Lombok,” in _Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde_, liv. (1912).

Plath, J. H., “Die Religion und der Cultus der alten Chinesen,” in _Abhandlungen der Königlichen Bayerischen Akademie der Wissenschaften_, i. Cl. ix. (1863).

Plato, _Opera omnia_. Ed. G. Stallbaum. Leipsic, 1850. _Cratylus._ _Gorgias._ _Laws._ _Meno._ _Minos._ _Phaedo._ _Phaedrus._ _Politicus._ _Republic._ _Sophist._ _Symposium._ _Theaetetus._ _Timaeus._

Plautus, _Comoediae_. Ed. G. Goetz et Fr. Schoell. Leipsic, 1898-1901. _Casina._ _Cistellaria._ _Pseudolus._

Playfair, Major A., _The Garos_. London, 1909.

Plehn, Dr. A., “Beobachtungen in Kamerun, über die Anschauungen und Gebräuche einiger Negerstämme,” in _Zeitschrift für Ethnologie_, xxxvi. (1904).

Pleyte, C. M., “Ethnographische Beschrijving der Kei-Eilanden,” in _Tijdschrift van het Nederlandsch Aardrijkskundig Genootschap_, Tweede Serie, x. (1893). “Herinneringen uit Oost-Indië,” in _Tijdschrift van het Koninklijk Nederlandsch Aardrijkskundig Genootschap_, II. Serie, xvii. (1900). “Plechtigheden en gebruiken uit den cyclus van het familienleven der volken van den Indischen Archipel,” in _Bijdragen tot de Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch-Indië_, xii. (1892).

Pliny, _Naturalis Historia_. Ed. D. Detlefsen. Berlin, 1866-1882.

Pliny the Younger, _Epistolae_. Ed. H. Keil. Leipsic, 1868. _Panegyricus._ Ed. H. Keil. Leipsic, 1868.

Ploix, Ch., “Les Dieux qui proviennent de la racine _DIV_,” in _Mémoires de la Société de Linguistique de Paris_, i. (1868).

Ploss, H., _Das Kind in Brauch und Sitte der Völker_. Second Edition. Leipsic, 1884. _Das Weib._ Second Edition. Leipsic, 1887.

Plummer, C., “Cáin Eimíne Báin,” in _Ériu, the Journal of the School of Irish Learning, Dublin_, vol. iv. part i. (1908).

Plutarch, _Moralia_. Ed. G. N. Bernardakis. Leipsic, 1888-1896. Ed. Fr. Dübner. Paris (Didot), 1868-1877. _Vitae parallelae._ Ed. C. Sintenis. Leipsic, 1867-1882. _Adversus Coloten._ _Agesilaus._ _Agis._ _Alcibiades._ _Alexander._ _Antoninus._ _Aratus._ _Aristides._ _Artoxerxes._ _Caesar._ _Camillus._ _Cato._ _Cato the Younger._ _Cleomenes._ _Consolatio ad Apollonium._ _Consolatio ad uxorem._ _Coriolanus._ _De Alexandri Magni fortuna aut virtute._ _De audiendis poetis._ _De defectu oraculorum._ _De E Delphico (De EI apud Delphos)._ _De educatione puerorum._ _De esu carnium._ _De exilio._ _De facie in orbe lunae._ _De fortuna Romanorum._ _De fraterno Amore._ _De genio Socratis._ _Demetrius._ _Demosthenes._ _De mulierum virtutibus._ _De musica._ _De Pythiae oraculis._ _De sera numinis vindicta._ _De Stoicorum repugnantiis._ _De superstitione._ [_De vita et poesi Homeri._] _Fabius Maximus._ _Instituta Laconica._ _Isis et Osiris._ Ed. G. Parthey. Berlin, 1850. _Lucullus._ _Lycurgus._ _Lysander._ _Marcellus._ _Nicias._ _Numa._ _Otho._ _Parallela._ _Pompeius._ _Praecepta Conjugalia._ _Praecepta gerendae reipublicae._ _Proverbia._ _Proverbia Alexandrinorum._ _Publicola._ _Quaestiones conviviales._ _Quaestiones Graecae._ _Quaestiones Romanae._ _Regum et imperatorum apophthegmata, Geloni._ _Romulus._ _Septem Sapientum Convivium._ _Solon._ _Sulla._ _Themistocles._ _Theseus._ _Timoleon._ _Vitae X. Oratorum._

Pöch, R., “Vierter Bericht über meine Reise nach Neu-Guinea,” in _Sitzungsberichte der mathematischen-naturwissenschaftlichen Klasse der Kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften_, cxv. Vienna, 1906.

Poensen, C., “Iets over de Kleeding der Javanen,” in _Mededeelingen van wege het Nederlandsche Zendelinggenootschap_, xx. (1876).

Poeppig, E., _Reise in Chile, Peru und auf dem Amazonenstrome_. Leipsic, 1835-36.

Poestion, J. C., _Fridthjofs Saga, aus dem Altisländischen_. Vienna, 1879. _Isländische Märchen._ Vienna, 1884. _Lappländische Märchen._ Vienna, 1886.

_Poetae Lyrici Graeci._ Ed. Th. Bergk. Third Edition. Leipsic, 1866-1867.

Pogge, Paul, “Bericht über die Station Mukenge,” in _Mittheilungen der Afrikanischen Gesellschaft in Deutschland_, iv. (1883-1885). _Im Reiche des Muata Jamwo._ Berlin, 1880.

Polack, J. S., _Manners and Customs of the New Zealanders_. London, 1840.

Polek, J., “Regenzauber in Ost-Europa,” in _Zeitschrift des Vereins für Volkskunde_, iii. (1893).

Polemo, Periegeta, _Fragmenta_. Ed. L. Preller. Leipsic, 1838. cited by Athenaeus. cited by a scholiast on Homer, _Iliad_. Ed. Im. Bekker.

Pollini, quoted by H. O. Lenz, _Botanik der alten Griechen und Römer_. Gotha, 1859.

Pollux, Julius, _Onomasticon_. Ed. G. Dindorf. Leipsic, 1824. Ed. Im. Bekker. Berlin, 1846.

Polo, Marco, The Book of. Translated by Col. H. Yule. Second Edition. London, 1875.

Polyaenus, _Strategica_. Ed. E. Woelfflin. Leipsic, 1860.

Polybius. Ed. L. Dindorf. Leipsic, 1866-1868.

Pommerol, Dr., “La fête des Brandons et le dieu Gaulois Grannus,” in _Bulletins et Mémoires de la Société d’Anthropologie de Paris_, 5ème Série, ii. (1901).

Pomtow, H., in _Rheinisches Museum_, N.F., li. (1896).

Poncy, quoted by Breuil, _Mémoires de la Société des Antiquaires de Picardie_, viii. (1845).

Pond, G. H., “Dakota Superstitions,” in _Collections of the Minnesota Historical Society for the Year 1867_. Saint Paul, 1867.

Ponder, Stephen, letter quoted by Andrew Lang. _Modern Mythology._ London, 1897.

Pope-Hennessy, Lieut. H., “Notes on the Jukos and other Tribes of the Middle Benue,” _Anthropological Reviews and Miscellanea_, appended to _Journal of the Anthropological Institute_, xxx. (1900).

_Popish Kingdome, The, or Reigne of Antichrist, written in Latin verse by Thomas Naogeorgus and Englyshed by Barnabe Googe, 1570._ Edited by R. C. Hope. London, 1880.

Porphyry, _De abstinentia_. Ed. R. Hercher. Paris (Didot), 1858. _De antro nympharum._ Ed. R. Hercher. Paris (Didot), 1858. _De vita Plotini._ Ed. Ant. Westermann. Paris (Didot), 1878. _De vita Pythagorae._ Ed. Ant. Westermann. Paris (Didot), 1878.

Porte, Father, “Les Reminiscences d’un missionnaire du Basutoland,” in _Les Missions Catholiques_, xxviii. (1896).

Porter, David, _Journal of a Cruise made to the Pacific Ocean in the U.S. Frigate __“__Essex.__”_ New York, 1822. Second Edition. New York, 1882.

Portman, M. V., “Disposal of the Dead among the Andamanese,” in _Indian Antiquary_, xxv. (1896).

Posidonius, quoted by Athenaeus, iv. 40. Fragments in _Fragmenta Historicorum Graecorum_, ed. C. Müller, vol. iii.

Post, A. H., _Afrikanische Jurisprudenz_. Oldenburg and Leipsic, 1887.

Postans, Mrs., _Cutch_. London, 1839.

Potkanski, K., “Die Ceremonie der Haarschur bei den Slaven und Germanen,” in _Anzeiger der Akademie der Wissenschaften in Krakau_ (May 1896).

Potocki, J., _Voyages dans les Steps d’Astrakhan et du Caucase_. Paris, 1829.

Pottier, E., _Étude sur les lécythes blancs attiques_. Paris, 1883.

Powell, F. York, in O. Elton’s translation of Saxo Grammaticus’s _Danish History_. London, 1894.

Powell, Wilfred, _Wanderings in a Wild Country_. London, 1883.

Powers, Stephen, _Tribes of California_. Washington, 1877. (_Contributions to North American Ethnology_, vol. iii.)

_Praelections delivered before the Senate of the University of Cambridge._ Cambridge, 1906.

Prahn, H., “Glaube und Brauch in der Mark Brandenburg,” in _Zeitschrift des Vereins für Volkskunde_, i. (1891).

Prätorius, Matthäus, _Deliciae Prussicae oder Preussische Schaubuhne, in wörtlichen Auszüge aus dem Manuscript herausgegeben_, von Dr. William Pierson. Berlin, 1871.

Pratt, A. E., “Two Journeys to Ta-tsien-lu on the Eastern Borders of Tibet,” in _Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society_, xiii. (1891).

Pratt, Rev. John B., _Buchan_. Second Edition. Aberdeen, Edinburgh, and London, 1859.

Preller, L., _Ausgewählte Aufsätze_. Berlin, 1864. _Demeter und Persephone._ Hamburg, 1837. _Griechische Mythologie._ Third Edition. Berlin, 1875. Fourth Edition, vol. i. Ed. C. Robert. Berlin, 1894. in Pauly’s _Realencyclopädie der classischen Altertumswissenschaft_. _Römische Mythologie._ Third Edition. Berlin, 1881-1883.

Preuss, K. Th., “Die Feuergötter als Ausgangspunkt zum Verständnis der mexikanischen Religion,” in _Mitteilungen der anthropologischen Gesellschaft in Wien_, xxxiii. (1903). _Die Nayarit-Expedition_, I. _Die Religion der Cora-Indianer._ Leipsic, 1912. “Die religiösen Gesänge und Mythen einiger Stämme der mexikanischen Sierra Madre,” in _Archiv für Religionswissenschaft_, xi. (1908). in _Verhandlungen der Berliner anthropologischen Gesellschaft_, November 15, 1902.

_Preussischer Jahrbücher._

Priklonski, Vasilij, “Todtengebräuche der Jakuten,” in _Globus_, lix. (1891).

Priklonski, W. L., “Über das Schamenthum bei den Jakuten,” in A. Bastian’s _Allerlei aus Volks- und Menschenkunde_, i. Berlin, 1888.

Priscian, _Institutiones_. Ed. M. Hertz. In _Grammatici Latini_, ed. H. Keil, vols, ii., iii. Leipsic, 1855-1860.

* Pritchard, Hesketh, _Through the Heart of Patagonia_. London, 1902. Referred to in _Journal of American Folk-lore_, xvii. (1904).

Pritchard, W. T., “Notes on Certain Anthropological Matters respecting the South Sea Islanders (the Samoans),” in _Memoirs of the Anthropological Society of London_, i. (1863-64).

Probus, _In Virgilium Commentarius_, appended to the editions of Servius by H. A. Lion (Göttingen, 1826), and G. Thilo and H. Hagen, vol. iii. Fasc. ii. (Leipsic, 1902).

_Proceedings and Transactions of the Royal Society of Canada._

_Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences._

_Proceedings of the American Folk-lore Society held at Philadelphia._

_Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society held at Philadelphia._

_Proceedings of the Australasian Association for the Advancement of Science for the Year 1900._ Melbourne, 1901.

* _Proceedings_ of the Berwickshire Naturalists’ Club, vi., quoted in _The Denham Tracts_. Edited by J. Hardy. London, 1892-1895.

_Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History._

_Proceedings of the British Academy._

_Proceedings of the Canadian Institute, Toronto._

_Proceedings of the Geographical Society of Australasia._

_Proceedings of the Linnaean Society of New South Wales for the Year 1899._ Sydney, 1900.

_Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society._

_Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy._

_Proceedings of the Royal Society of Edinburgh._

_Proceedings of the Society of Antiquaries of Scotland._

_Proceedings of the Society of Biblical Archaeology._

Proclus, _Hymn to Minerva_, quoted by Ch. A. Lobeck, _Aglaophamus_. on Hesiod, _Works and Days_, appended to Ed. Vollbehr’s edition of Hesiod (Kiel, 1844). in Photius, _Bibliotheca_. Ed. I. Bekker. Berlin, 1824. on Plato, _Cratylus_, quoted by E. Abel, _Orphica_. on Plato, _Timaeus_, quoted by Ch. A. Lobeck, _Aglaophamus_, and by E. Abel, _Orphica_.

Procopius, _Opera Omnia_. Ed. J. Haury. Leipsic, 1905- . _De Bello Gothico._ _De Bello Persico._

Pröhle, Heinrich, _Harzbilder, Sitten und Gebräuche aus dem Harzgebirge_. Leipsic, 1855. _Harzsagen._ Leipsic, 1859. in _Zeitschrift für deutsche Mythologie und Sittenkunde_, i. (1853).

* Promathion, _History of Italy_, cited by Plutarch, _Romulus_.

Propertius. Ed. F. A. Paley. Second Edition. London, 1872.

Prothero, Dr. G. W., in letters to the Author (ii. 71 _n._ 1, xi. 190 _n._ 3).

Proyart’s “History of Loango, Kakongo, and other Kingdoms in Africa,” in J. Pinkerton’s _Voyages and Travels_, xvi.

Prudentius, _Peristephanon_. Ed. Th. Obbarius. Tübingen, 1845.

Prudentius Trecensis, “Annales,” anno 858, in G. H. Pertz’s _Monumenta Germaniae historica_, i.

Pruyssenaere, E. de, “Reisen und Forschungen im Gebiete des Weissen und Blauen Nil,” in _Petermanns Mittheilungen_, Ergänzungsheft, No. 50. Gotha, 1877.

Prym, E., und Socin, A., _Syrische Sagen und Maerchen_. Göttingen, 1881.

Psalms, The Book of.

Psellus, _Quaenam sunt Graecorum opiniones de daemonibus_. Ed. J. F. Boissonade. Nuremberg, 1838.

Pseudo-Dicaearchus, in _Fragmenta Historicorum Graecorum_, ed. C. Müller, vol. ii. _Descriptio Graeciae_, in _Geographi Graeci Minores_, ed. C. Müller, vol. i.

Pseudo-Plato, _Axiochus_. _Minos._

Ptolomaeus Hephaestionis, _Nova Historia_, in _Mythographi Graeci_, ed. A. Westermann. Brunswick, 1843. In Photius, _Bibliotheca_, ed. Im. Bekker.

_Publications of the Society of Hebrew Literature._ Second Series.

Puchstein, O., “Die Bauten von Boghaz-Köi,” in _Mitteilungen der Deutschen Orient-Gesellschaft zu Berlin_, No. 35, December 1907.

Puini, C., “Il fuoco nella tradizione degli antichi Cinesi,” in _Giornale della Società Asiatica Italiana_, i. (1887).

Pullan, R. P., in _Archaeologia: Miscellaneous Tracts relating to Antiquity_, 1. (1887).

Punch, C., in H. Ling Roth’s _Great Benin_. Halifax, England, 1903.

Purcell, B. H., “Rites and Customs of the Australian Aborigines,” in _Verhandlungen der Berliner Gesellschaft für Anthropologie_ (_Zeitschrift für Ethnologie_, xxv., 1893).

Purvis, J. B., _Through Uganda to Mount Elgon_. London, 1909.

Puttenham, George, _The Arte of English Poesie_. London, 1811. Reprint of * the Original Edition of London, 1589.

Pyrard, François, _Voyages to the East Indies, the Maldives, the Moluccas, and Brazil_. Translated by Albert Gray. Hakluyt Society. London, 1887.

_Quarterly Journal of the Mythic Society._

_Quarterly Review, The._

_Quarterly Statement of the Palestine Exploration Fund._

Quedenfelt, M., “Aberglaube und halbreligiöse Bruderschaft bei den Marokkanern,” in _Verhandlungen der Berliner Gesellschaft für Anthropologie, __ Ethnologie und Urgeschichte_, 1886 (bound up with the _Zeitschrift für Ethnologie_, xviii., 1886).

Quellien, M., quoted by Alexandre Bertrand, _La Religion des Gaulois_. Paris, 1897.

Quintus Curtius, _De gestis Alexandri Magni_. Ed. H. E. Foss. Leipsic, 1869.

R. M. O. K., “A Horrible Rite in the Highlands,” in the _Weekly Scotsman_, Saturday, August 24, 1889.

Radau, H., _Early Babylonian History_. New York and London, 1900.

Radde, G., _Die Chews’uren und ihr Land_. Cassel, 1878.

Radiguet, Max, _Les Derniers Sauvages_. Paris, 1882.

Radin, P., “Ritual and Significance of the Winnebago Medicine Dance,” _Journal of American Folk-lore_, xxiv. (1911).

Radloff, W., _Aus Siberien_. Leipsic, 1884. _Proben der Volkslitteratur der nördlichen türkischen Stämme._ St. Petersburg, 1885-1886. _Proben der Volksliteratur der türkischen Stämme Süd-Sibiriens._ St. Petersburg, 1866-1872.

Rae, E., _The White Sea Peninsula_. London, 1881.

Raff, H., “Aberglaube in Bayern,” in _Zeitschrift des Vereins für Volkskunde_, viii. (1898).

* Raffenel, A., _Nouveau voyage dans le pays des nègres_. Paris, 1856. (Referred to by Th. Waitz, _Anthropologie der Naturvölker_, ii. Leipsic, 1860.) _Voyage dans l’Afrique occidentale._ Paris, 1846.

Raffles, T. Stamford, _History of Java_. London, 1817.

Raffray, A., “Voyage à la côte nord de la Nouvelle Guinée,” in _Bulletin de la Société de Géographie_ (Paris), 6ème Série, xv. (1878).

Rajacsich, Baron, _Das Leben, die Sitten und Gebräuche der im Kaiserthume Österreich lebenden Südslaven_. Vienna, 1873.

Ralston, W. R. S., Introduction to F. A. von Schiefner’s _Tibetan Tales_. _Russian Folk-tales._ London, 1873. _Songs of the Russian People._ Second Edition. London, 1872.

Ramsay, John, of Ochtertyre, _Scotland and Scotsmen in the Eighteenth Century_. Edited by Alex. Allardyce. Edinburgh and London, 1888.

Ramsay, Sir W. M., “A Study of Phrygian Art,” in _Journal of Hellenic Studies_, ix. (1888), x. (1889). _Historical Geography of Asia Minor._ London, 1890. _Luke the Physician, and other Studies in the History of Religion._ London, 1908. “On the Early Historical Relations between Phrygia and Cappadocia,” in _Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society_, N.S., xv. (1883). “Phrygia,” in _Encyclopaedia Britannica_. Ninth Edition, xviii., 1885. _The Church in the Roman Empire._ London, 1893. _The Cities and Bishoprics of Phrygia_, vol. i. Oxford, 1895. “The Permanence of Religion at Holy Places in the East,” in _The Expositor_ (November 1906). “The Worship of the Virgin Mary at Ephesus,” in _The Expositor_, June 1905. “Unedited inscriptions of Asia Minor,” in _Bulletin de Correspondance Hellénique_, vii. (1883).

Ramsay, W. M., and Hogarth, D. G., in _American Journal of Archaeology_, vi. (1890). “Pre-Hellenic Monuments of Cappadocia,” in _Recueil de Travaux relatifs à la Philologie et à l’Archéologie Égyptiennes et Assyriennes_, xiv. (1903).

Ramseyer and Kühne, _Four Years in Ashantee_. London, 1875.

Randolph, C. B., “The Mandragora of the Ancients in Folk-lore and Medicine,” in _Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences_, No. 12 (January 1905).

Raoul-Rochette, D., “Mémoire sur les jardins d’Adonis,” in _Revue Archéologique_, viii. (1851). “Sur l’Hercule Assyrien et Phénicien,” in _Mémoires de l’Académie des Inscriptions et Belles-Lettres_, xvii. Deuxième Partie. Paris, 1848.

Rapp, _s.vv._ “Attis,” “Kybele,” in W. H. Roscher’s _Lexikon der griechischen und römischen Mythologie_.

Rappard, Th. C., “Het eiland Nias en zijne bewoners,” in _Bijdragen tot de Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch-Indië_, lxii. (1909).

Rascher, P., “Die Sulka, ein Beitrag zur Ethnographie Neu-Pommern,” in _Archiv für Anthropologie_, xxix. (1904).

Rasmussen, J. L., _Additamenta ad historiam Arabum ante Islamismum_. Copenhagen, 1821.

Rat, J. N., “The Carib Language,” in _Journal of the Anthropological Institute_, xxvii. (1898).

Rattray, R. Sutherland, _Some Folk-lore Stories and Songs in Chinyanja_. London, 1907.

Raum, J., “Blut und Speichelbünde bei den Wadschagga,” in _Archiv für Religionswissenschaft_, x. (1907).

Ravenstein, E. G., _The Russians on the Amur_. London, 1861.

Ray, S. H. Private communication (ii. 209 _n._ 3).

Read, D. H. Moutray, “Hampshire Folk-lore,” in _Folk-lore_, xxii. (1911).

Reade, Major, in _Panjab Notes and Queries_, ii.

Reade, W. Winwood, _Savage Africa_. London, 1863.

_Realencyclopädie für protestantische Theologie._ _See_ _s.v._ Herzog, J. J.

Reche, Otto, _Der Kaiserin-Augusta-Fluss_. Hamburg, 1913. (_Ergebnisse der Südsee-Expedition 1908-1910._ Herausgegeben von G. Thilenius.)

Reclus, Élisée, _Nouvelle Géographie Universelle_. Paris, 1876-1894.

_Records of the Past._ London, N.D.

_Recueil de divers voyages faits en Afrique et en l’Amerique, qui n’ont point esté encore publiez._ Paris, 1684.

_Recueil de Travaux relatifs à la Philologie et à l’Archéologie Égyptiennes et Assyriennes._

_Recueil de voyages au Nord._ Nouvelle Edition. Amsterdam, 1731-1738.

Reed, W. A., _Negritos of Zambales_. Manilla, 1904. (_Department of the Interior, Ethnological Survey Publications_, vol. ii. part i.)

Rees, W. A. van, _Die Pionniers der Beschaving in Neêrlands Indië_. Arnheim, 1867.

Rehse, Hermann, _Kiziba, Land und Leute_. Stuttgart, 1910.

Reich, A., und Stegelmann, F., “Bei den Indianern des Urubamba und des Envira,” in _Globus_, lxxxiii. (1903).

Reichard, P., _Deutsch-Ostafrika_. Leipsic, 1892. “Die Wanjamuesi,” in _Zeitschrift der Gesellschaft für Erdkunde zu Berlin_, xxiv. (1889).

Reichel, W., _Über homerische Waffen_. Vienna, 1894.

Reichenbach, J. C., “Étude sur le royaume d’Assinie,” in _Bulletin de la Société de Géographie_ (Paris), 7ème Série, xi. (1890).

Reid, A. P., “Religious Belief of the Ojibois or Sauteux Indians,” in _Journal of the Anthropological Institute_, iii. (1874).

Reimann, F. A., _Deutsche Volksfeste im neunzehnten Jahrhundert_. Weimar, 1839.

Rein, J. J., _Japan_. Leipsic, 1881-1886.

Reina, Paul, “Über die Bewohner der Insel Rook,” in _Zeitschrift für allgemeine Erdkunde_, N.F., iv. (1858).

Reinach, Salomon, _Cultes, Mythes, et Religions_. Paris, 1905-1912. “Hippolyte,” in _Archiv für Religionswissenschaft_, x. (1907). “L’Art et la magie,” in _L’Anthropologie_, xiv. (1903). “Les Vierges de Sena,” in _Revue Celtique_, xviii. (1897). _Répertoire de la Statuaire grecque et romaine._ Paris, 1897-1910. _Traité d’Epigraphie Grecque._ Paris, 1885.

Reinach, Th., in _Recueil d’Inscriptions Juridiques Grecques_. Deuxième Série. Paris, 1898.

Reinegg, J., _Beschreibung des Kaukasus_. Gotha, Hildesheim, and St. Petersburg, 1796-1797.

Reinsberg-Düringsfeld, O. Freiherr von, _Calendrier Belge_. Brussels, 1861-1862. _Das festliche Jahr._ Leipsic, 1863. _Fest-Kalender aus Böhmen._ Prague, N.D., Preface dated 1861. _Hochzeitsbuch._ Leipsic, 1871. _See_ _s.v._ Düringsfeld.

* Reiskius, Joh., _Untersuchung des Notfeuers_. Frankfort and Leipsic, 1696. (Quoted by J. Grimm, _Deutsche Mythologie_. Fourth Edition.)

“Relation de la Louisianne,” in _Recueil de voyages au Nord_, v. Amsterdam, 1734.

“Relation des Natchez,” in _Recueil de Voyages au Nord_, ix. Amsterdam, 1737.

_Relations des Jésuites, 1626-1672._ Canadian reprint. Quebec, 1858.

Remy, Jules, _Ka Mooolelo Hawaii, Histoire de l’Archipel Havaiien_. Paris and Leipsic, 1862.

Renan, E., _Histoire du peuple d’Israel_. Paris, 1893. _Marc-Aurèle et la Fin du Monde Antique._ Paris, 1882. _Mission de Phénicie._ Paris, 1864. quoted by Ch. Vellay, _Le culte et les fêtes d’Adonis-Thammouz_. _Saint Paul._ Paris, 1869.

Renan, E., et Berthelot, M., _Correspondance_. Paris, 1898.

Renouf, Sir P. Le Page, _Lectures on the Origin and Growth of Religion_. Second Edition. London, 1884. “The Priestly Character of the Earliest Egyptian Civilisation,” in _Proceedings of the Society of Biblical Archaeology_, xii. (1890).

Rentsch, M., in R. Wuttke’s _Sächsische Volkshunde_. Second Edition. Dresden, 1901.

“Report of a Route Survey by Pundit —— from Nepal to Lhasa,” etc., in _Journal of the Royal Geographical Society_, xxxviii. (1868).

_Reports of the British Association for the Advancement of Science._

_Reports of the Cambridge Anthropological Expedition to Torres Straits._ Cambridge, 1904- .

_Report of the International Polar Expedition to Point Barrow, Alaska._ Washington, 1885.

_Reports of the Smithsonian Institution._ Washington.

_Report of the United States National Museum for 1895._

_Report (Fourth) of the Wellcome Tropical Research Laboratories, Gordon Memorial College, Khartoum._

_Reports on the North-Western Tribes of Canada._ In _Reports of the British Association for the Advancement of Science_.

_Report on the Work of the Horn Scientific Expedition to Central Australia._ London and Melbourne, 1896.

_Report to the Secretary of War of the United States on Indian Affairs._ Newhaven, 1822.

_Respublica sive status regni Poloniae, Lituaniae, Prussiae, Livoniae, etc._ Leyden (Elzevir), 1627.

_Resurrezione, Numerico Unico del Sabato Santo._ Florence, April 1906.

Retord, Mgr., in _Annales de la Propagation de la Foi_, xxviii. (1856).

Revelation of St. John the Divine.

Reville, J., _La Religion à Rome sous les Sévères_. Paris, 1886.

Revon, Michel, _Le Shintoïsme_. Paris, 1907.

_Revue Archéologique._

_Revue Biblique Internationale._ Published by the Dominicans of Jerusalem.

_Revue Celtique._

_Revue Coloniale Internationale._

_Revue d’Ethnographie._

_Revue d’Ethnographie et de Sociologie._

_Revue d’Histoire et de Littérature religieuses._

_Revue de l’Histoire des Religions._

_Revue de Philologie._

_Revue des Études Ethnographiques et Sociologiques._

_Revue des Études grecques._

_Revue des Questions Scientifiques._

_Revue des traditions populaires._

_Revue Scientifique._

Reyes y Florentino, De los, “Die religiösen Anschauungen der Ilocanen (Luzon),” in _Mittheilungen der Kaiserlichen Königlichen Geographischen Gesellschaft in Wien_, xxxi. (1888).

Reynolds, H., “Notes on the Azandé Tribe of the Congo,” in _Journal of the African Society_, No. xi. (April 1904).

Rhamm, K., “Der heidenische Gottesdienst des finnischen Stammes,” in _Globus_, lxvii. (1895). “Der Verkehr der Geschlechter unter den Slaven in seinen gegensätzlichen Erscheinungen,” in _Globus_, lxxxii. (1902).

_Rheinisches Museum für Philologie._

_Rhetores Graeci._ Ed. Chr. Walz. Stuttgart and Tübingen, 1832-1836.

Rhins, J. L. Dutreuil de, _Mission scientifique dans la Haute Asie 1890-1895: Récit du Voyage_. Paris, 1897.

Rhys, Sir John, “Celtae and Galli,” in _Proceedings of the British Academy_, ii. _1905-1906_. London, N.D. _Celtic Folk-lore, Welsh and Manx._ Oxford, 1901. _Celtic Heathendom._ London and Edinburgh, 1888. in _Transactions of the Third International Congress for the History of Religion_. Oxford, 1908. “Manx Folk-lore and Superstitions,” in _Folk-lore_, ii. (1891), iii. (1892). “Notes on the Coligny Calendar,” in _Proceedings of the British Academy, 1909-1910_, vol. iv. “The Coligny Calendar,” in _Proceedings of the British Academy, 1909-1910_. “Welsh Fairies,” in _The Nineteenth Century_, xxx. (July-December 1891).

Ribadeneira, P., _Flos Sanctorum, cioè Vite de’ Santi_. Venice, 1763.

Ribbe, C., “Die Aru-Inseln,” in _Festschrift des Vereins für Erdkunde zu Dresden_. Dresden, 1888. _Zwei Jahre unter den Kannibalen der Salomo-Inseln._ Dresden-Blasewitz, 1903.

Ricci, S. de, “Le calendrier Celtique de Coligny,” in _Revue Celtique_, xxi. (1900). “Le calendrier Gaulois de Coligny,” in _Revue Celtique_, xix. (1898). “Un passage remarquable du calendrier de Coligny,” in _Revue Celtique_, xxiv. (1903).

Richard, Jerome, “History of Tonquin,” in J. Pinkerton’s _Voyages and Travels_, ix. London, 1811.

Richardson, J., _A Dictionary of Persian, Arabic, and English_. New Edition. London, 1829.

Richardson, James, _Travels in the Great Desert of the Sahara_. London, 1848.

Richardson, Rev. J., “Tanala Customs, Superstitions and Beliefs,” in _The __ Antananarivo Annual and Madagascar Magazine, Reprint of the First Four Numbers_. Antananarivo, 1885.

Richardson, R., in _Panjab Notes and Queries_, i. May 1884.

Richter, O., _Topographie der Stadt Rom_. Second Edition. Munich, 1902.

Rickard, Rev. R. H., quoted by Dr. George Brown, _Melanesians and Polynesians_. London, 1910.

Ridgeway, Professor W., in _Academy_, 10th May 1884. Private communications (ii. 103 _n._ 3, ix. 353 _n._ 4). in _The Classical Review_, x. (1896). Paper read at Cambridge in 1911. “Supplices of Aeschylus,” in _Praelections delivered before the Senate of the University of Cambridge_. Cambridge, 1906. _The Early Age of Greece._ Cambridge, 1901. _The Origin and Influence of the Thoroughbred Horse._ Cambridge, 1905. “The Origin of Jewellery,” in _Report of the British Association for 1903_. _The Origin of Tragedy._ Cambridge, 1910.

Ridley, Rev. William, in J. D. Lang’s _Queensland_. London, 1861. _Kamilaroi and other Australian Languages._ Second Edition. Sydney, 1875. “Report on Australian Languages and Traditions,” in _Journal of the Anthropological Institute_, ii. (1873).

Riedel, J. G. F., “Alte Gebräuche bei Heirathen, Geburt und Sterbefällen bei dem Toumbuluh-Stamm in der Minahasa (Nord Selebes),” in _Internationales Archiv für Ethnographie_, viii. (1895). “De landschappen Holontalo, Limoeto, Bone, Boalemo, en Kattinggola, of Andagile,” in _Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde_, xix. (1869). “De Minahasa in 1825,” in _Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde_, xviii. (1872). _De sluik- en kroesharige rassen tusschen Selebes en Papua._ The Hague, 1886. “De Topantunuasu of oorspronkelijke Volksstammen van Central Selebes,” in _Bijdragen tot de Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch-Indië_, xxxv. (1886). “Die Landschaft Dawan oder West-Timor,” in _Deutsche geographische Blätter_, x. “Galela und Tobeloresen,” in _Zeitschrift für Ethnologie_, xvii. (1885). _The Island of Flores._ Reprinted from the _Revue Coloniale Internationale_.

Riggs, S. R., _Dakota-English Dictionary_. Washington, 1890. (_Contributions to North American Ethnology_, vol. vii.) _Dakota Grammar, Texts, and Ethnography._ Washington, 1893. (_Contributions to North American Ethnology_, vol. ix.)

_Rig-veda._ Uebersetzt von H. Grassmann. Leipsic, 1876-77. Translated by R. T. H. Griffiths. Benares, 1889-1892. Kuhn’s translation, quoted by J. V. Grohmann, _Aberglauben und Gebräuche aus Böhmen und Mähren_. Prague and Leipsic, 1864.

Rink, Henry, _Tales and Traditions of the Eskimo_. Translated from the Danish. Edinburgh and London, 1875.

“Riots and Unrest in the Punjab, from a Correspondent,” in _The Times Weekly Edition_, May 24, 1907.

Ris, H., “De onderafdeeling klein Mandailing Oeloe en Pahantan en hare Bevolking met uitzondering van de Oeloes,” in _Bijdragen tot de Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch-Indië_, xlvi. (1896).

Risley, (Sir) H. H., _The Tribes and Castes of Bengal: Ethnographic Glossary_. Calcutta, 1891-1892.

_Rites and Laws of the Yncas._ Translated and edited by (Sir) Clements R. Markham. Hakluyt Society, London, 1873.

Ritter, C., _Vergleichende Erdkunde von Arabien_. Berlin, 1847.

Ritter, H., et Preller, L., _Historia Philosophiae Graecae et Latinae ex fontium locis contexta_. Editio Quinta. Gothae, 1875.

Rivers, Dr. W. H. R., _The Todas_. London, 1906. “Totemism in Polynesia and Melanesia,” in _Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute_, xxxix. (1909).

Rivet, Dr., “Le Christianisme et les Indiens de la République de l’Équateur,” in _L’Anthropologie_, xvii. (1906).

Rivière, J., _Contes populaires de la Kabylie du Djurdjura_. Paris, 1882.

Rizzolati, Mgr., in _Annales de la Propagation de la Foi_, xvi. (1844).

Robert, C., in _Hermes_, xxi. (1886).

Roberts, E. S., and Gardner, E. A., _An Introduction to Greek Epigraphy_. Cambridge, 1887-1905.

Robertson, Sir George Scott, _The Kafirs of the Hindu Kush_. London, 1896.

Robertson, Rev. James, in Sir John Sinclair’s _Statistical Account of Scotland_, xi.

[Robinson, Alfred], _Life in California_. New York, 1846.

Robinson, C. H., _Hausaland_. London, 1896.

Robinson, Edward, _Biblical Researches in Palestine_. Third Edition. London, 1867.

Robinson, W., _Descriptive Account of Assam_. London and Calcutta, 1841.

Robinson, Captain W. C. Private communication (iv. 139 _n._ 1).

Rochefort, De, _Histoire naturelle et morale des Iles Antilles de l’Amérique_. Seconde Edition. Rotterdam, 1665.

Rochholz, C. L., _Deutscher Glaube und Brauch_. Berlin, 1867. * _Schweizersagen aus dem Aargau_, referred to by A. Kuhn, _Die Herabkunft des Feuers und des Göttertranks_. Second Edition. Gütersloh, 1886.

Rochon, Abbé, _Voyage to Madagascar and the East Indies_. Translated from the French. London, 1792.

Rockhill, W. Woodville, “Notes on some of the Laws, Customs, and Superstitions of Korea,” in _The American Anthropologist_, iv. Washington, 1891. _The Land of the Lamas._ London, 1891. “Tibet, a Geographical, Ethnographical, and Historical Sketch, derived from Chinese Sources,” in _Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society for 1891_. London, 1891.

Roehl, H., _Inscriptiones Graecae antiquissimae_. Berlin, 1882.

Roepstorff, F. A. de, “Ein Geisterboot der Nicobaresen,” in _Verhandlungen der Berliner Gesellschaft für Anthropologie, Ethnologie und Urgeschichte_ (1881). “Tiomberombi, a Nicobar Tale” in _Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal_, liii. (1884).

Roest, J. L. D. van der, “Uit het leven der Bevolking van Windessi,” in _Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde_, xl. (1898).

Roger, M. le Baron, “Notice sur le Gouvernement, les Mœurs, et les Superstitions des Nègres du pays de Walo,” in _Bulletin de la Société de Géographie_, viii. Paris, 1827.

Rogers, Ch., _Social Life in Scotland_. Edinburgh, 1884-1886.

Rogers, R. W., _Cuneiform Parallels to the Old Testament_. Oxford, N.D. Preface dated 1911.

Rohde, Erwin, _Psyche_. Third Edition. Tübingen and Leipsic, 1903. “Unedirte Luciansscholien, die attischen Thesmophorien und Haloen betreffend,” in _Rheinisches Museum_, N.F., xxv. (1870).

Rohlf, G., “Reise durch Nord-Afrika,” in _Petermanns Mittheilungen_, Ergänzungsheft, No. 25. Gotha, 1868.

Rolland, Eugène, _Faune populaire de la France_. Paris, 1877-1883.

Römer, Dr. R., “Bijdrage tot de Geneeskunst der Karo-Batak’s,” in _Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde_, l. (1908).

Romilly, H. H., _From my Verandah in New Guinea_. London, 1889. “The Islands of the New Britain Group,” in _Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society_, N.S., ix. (1887).

Romilly, H. H., and Brown, Rev. George, in _Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society_, N.S., ix. (1887).

Roos, S., “Bijdrage tot de Kennis van Taal, Land en Volk op het Eiland Soemba,” in _Verhandelingen van het Bataviaasch Genootschap van Kunsten en Wetenschappen_, xxxvi. (1872).

Rosa, P., in _Monumenti ed Annali pubblicati dall’ Instituto di Corrispondenza Archeologica nel 1856_.

Roscher, W. H., _Apollon und Mars_. Leipsic, 1873. _Ausführliches Lexikon der griechischen und römischen Mythologie._ Leipsic, 1884- . “Die enneadischen und hebdomadischen Fristen und Wochen der ältesten Griechen,” in _Abhandlungen der philologisch-historischen Klasse der Königlichen Sächsischen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften_, xxi. No. 4 (1903). “Die Legende vom Tode des grossen Pan,” in _Fleckeisen’s Jahrbücher für classische Philologie_, xxxviii. (1892). _Juno und Hera._ Leipsic, 1875. _Nachträge zu meiner Schrift über Selene._ Leipsic, 1895. _Über Selene und Verwandtes._ Leipsic, 1890.

Roscoe, Rev. John, “Kibuka, the War God of the Baganda,” in _Man_, vii. (1907). “Notes on the Manners and Customs of the Baganda,” in _Journal of the Anthropological Institute_, xxxi. (1901). “Further Notes on the Manners and Customs of the Baganda,” in _Journal of the Anthropological Institute_, xxxii. (1902). “Notes on the Bageshu,” in _Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute_, xxxix. (1909). _The Baganda._ London, 1911. “The Bahima, a Cow Tribe of Enkole in the Uganda Protectorate,” in _Journal of the Anthropological Institute_, xxxvii. (1907). Also in many private communications to the Author.

Roscoe, William, _Life and Pontificate of Leo the Tenth_. Third Edition. London, 1827.

Rose, Cowper, _Four Years in Southern Africa_. London, 1829.

Rose, H. A., in _Folk-lore_, xiii. (1902). “Hindu Birth Observances in the Punjab,” in _Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute_, xxxvii. (1907). “Note on Female Tattooing in the Panjâb,” in _Indian Antiquary_, xxxi. (1902). _Report_, in _Census of India, 1901_, vol. xvii. _Punjab_, Part I. Simla, 1902.

Rose, H. A. [J. A.], “Unlucky and Lucky Children, and some Birth Superstitions,” in _Indian Antiquary_, xxxi. (1902).

Rosenberg, H. von, _Der Malayische Archipel_. Leipsic, 1878.

Ross, Alexander, _Adventures of the First Settlers on the Oregon or Columbia River_. London, 1849.

Ross, L., “Inschriften von Cypern,” in _Rheinisches Museum_, N.F. vii. (1850). _Reisen nach Kos, Halikarnassos, Rhodes und der Insel Cypern._ Halle, 1852. _Wanderungen in Griechenland._ Halle, 1851.

Rossbach, O., in _Verhandlungen der vierzigsten Versammlung deutscher Philologen und Schulmänner in Görlitz_. Leipsic, 1890.

Rostowski, S., quoted by A. Brückner, _Archiv für slavische Philologie_, ix. (1886).

Roth, H. Ling, _Great Benin_. Halifax, England, 1903. “Low’s Natives of Borneo,” in _Journal of the Anthropological Institute_, xxi. (1892), xxii (1893). _The Aborigines of Tasmania._ London, 1890. _The Natives of Sarawak and British North Borneo._ London, 1896.

Roth, Walter E., _Ethnological Studies among the North-West-Central Queensland Aborigines_. Brisbane and London, 1897. _North Queensland Ethnography, Bulletin No. 5, Superstition, Magic, and Medicine._ Brisbane, 1903.

Rouffaer, G. P., “Matjan Gadoengan,” in _Bijdragen tot de Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch-Indië_, l. (1899).

Rouse, Denham, in _Folk-lore_, vii. (1889).

Rouse, W. H. D., “Folk-lore from the Southern Sporades,” in _Folk-lore_, x. (1899). _Greek Votive Offerings._ Cambridge, 1902. “May-Day in Cheltenham,” in _Folk-lore_, iv. (1893). “Notes from Syria,” in _Folk-lore_, vi. (1895). Private communications to the Author (i. 15 _n._ 3, vii. 208 _n._ 1).

Routledge, W. Scoresby, and Routledge, Katherine, _With a Prehistoric People, the Akikuyu of British East Africa_. London, 1910.

* Roux, M. E., _Aux sources de l’Irraouaddi, d’Hanoi à Calcutta par terre_, Troisième partie, quoted in _Le Tour du Monde_, iii. Paris, 1897.

Rowley, Rev. Henry, _Twenty Years in Central Africa_. London, N.D.

_Royal Geographical Society, Supplementary Papers._

Rubensohn, O., _Die Mysterienheiligtümer in Eleusis and Samothrake_. Berlin, 1892.

Rubruquis, William de, “Travels into Tartary and China,” in J. Pinkerton’s _Voyages and Travels_, vol. vii.

“Rudhirádhyáyă, The, or Sanguinary Chapter.” Translated from the _Calica Puran_ by W. C. Blaquiere, in _Asiatick Researches_, v. London, 1807.

Runge, H., “Volksglaube in der Schweiz,” in _Zeitschrift für deutsche Mythologie und Sittenkunde_, iv. (1859).

Russeger, J., _Reisen in Europa, Asien, und Afrika_. Stuttgart, 1844.

Russell, F., “The Pima Indians,” in _Twenty-Sixth Annual Report of the Bureau of American Ethnology_. Washington, 1908.

Russell, R. V., _Report_, in _Census of India, 1901_, vol. xiii. _Central Provinces_, Part I. Nagpur, 1902.

Russwurm, C., “Aberglaube aus Russland,” in _Zeitschrift für deutsche Mythologie und Sittenkunde_, iv. (1859).

Rutherford, E., _Radio-active Substances and their Radiations_. Cambridge, 1913.

Ruys, Th. H., “Bezoek an den Kannibalenstam van Noord Nieuw-Guinea,” in _Tijdschrift van het Koninklijk Nederlandsch Aardrijkskundig Genootschap_, Tweede Serie, xxiii. (1906).

Sabir, C. de, “Quelques notes sur les Manègres,” in _Bulletin de la Société de Géographie_ (Paris), 5ème Série, i. (1861).

_Sacred Books of China._ Translated by James Legge. Part iii. _The Lî-Kî_. (_Sacred Books of the East_, vol. xxvii. Oxford, 1885.)

_Sacred Books of the East, The._ Edited by F. Max Müller. Oxford, 1879-1910.

* _Saga-Book_, of the Viking Club, London.

_Sagas from the Far East, or Kalmouk and Mongolian Traditionary Tales._ London, 1873.

Sagard, F. Gabriel, _Le Grand Voyage du pays des Hurons_. Nouvelle Édition. Librairie Tross, Paris, 1865.

Sahagun, Bernardino de, _Histoire générale des choses de la Nouvelle-Espagne_. Traduite par D. Jourdanet et R. Siméon. Paris, 1880. Aztec text of Book II., translated by Professor E. Seler, “Altmexicanische Studien, ii.,” in _Veröffentlichungen aus dem Königlichen Museum für Völkerkunde_, vi. 2/4 Heft. Berlin, 1899.

St. Ambrose, _Sermones_, in Migne’s _Patrologia Latina_, xvii.

St. Clair, Henry R., quoted by Andrew Lang, _Modern Mythology_.

[S. Clemens Romanus], _Recognitiones_. Ed. E. G. Gersdorf. Also in Migne’s _Patrologia Graeca_, i.

St. Cricq, De, “Voyage du Pérou au Brésil par les fleuves Ucayali et Amazone, Indiens Conibos,” in _Bulletin de la Société de Géographie_ (Paris), 4ème Série, vi. (1853).

St. James, The Epistle of.

St. John, The Gospel of.

St. John, Bayle, _Travels of an Arab Merchant in Soudan_. Abridged from the French. London, 1854.

St. John, H. C., _Notes and Sketches from the Wild Coasts of Nipon_. Edinburgh, 1880. “The Ainos,” in _Journal of the Anthropological Institute_, ii. (1873).

St. John, R. F. St. Andrew, “A Short Account of the Hill Tribes of North Aracan,” in _Journal of the Anthropological Institute_, ii. (1873).

St. John, Spenser, _Life in the Forests of the Far East_. Second Edition. London, 1863.

St. Luke, The Gospel of.

St. Mark, The Gospel of.

S. Martinus Dumiensis, Bishop of Braga, _De Pascha_, in Migne’s _Patrologia Latina_, lxxii.

St. Matthew, The Gospel of.

S. Sophronius, “SS. Cyri et Joannis Miracula,” in Migne’s _Patrologia Graeca_, lxxxvii. Pars Tertia.

Saintyves, P., “Le Renouvellement du Feu Sacré,” in _Revue des Traditions Populaires_, xxvii. (1912).

Salle, Laisnel de la, _Croyances et légendes du centre de la France_. Paris, 1875.

Sallustius philosophus, “De diis et mundo,” in _Fragmenta Philosophorum Graecorum_. Ed. F. G. A. Mullach.

Salvado, R., _Mémoires historiques sur l’Australie_. Paris, 1854.

Samter, E., _Familienfeste der Griechen und Römer_. Berlin, 1901.

Samuel, The first Book of.

Samuel, The second Book of.

San Marte (A. Schulz), _Die Arthur-Sage_. Quedlinburg and Leipsic, 1842.

Sandberg, G., _Tibet and the Tibetans_. London, 1906.

Sanderval, Olivier de, _De l’Atlantique au Niger par la Foutah-Djallon_. Paris, 1883.

Sangermano, Father, _Description of the Burmese Empire_. Reprinted at Rangoon, 1885.

Sapper, Dr. C., “Beiträge zur Ethnographie des südlichen Mittelamerika,” in _Petermanns Mitteilungen_, xlvii. (1901). “Die Gebräuche und religiösen Anschauungen der Kekchí-Indianer,” in _Internationales Archiv für Ethnographie_, viii. (1895). “Ein Besuch bei den Guatusos in Costarica,” in _Globus_, lxxvi. (1899). “Mittelamericanische Caraiben,” in _Internationales Archiv für Ethnographie_, x. (1897).

Sartori, P., “Glockensagen und Glockenaberglaube,” in _Zeitschrift des Vereins für Volkskunde_, vii. (1897). “Über das Bauopfer,” in _Zeitschrift für Ethnologie_, xxx. (1898).

_Satapatha-Brâhmana, The._ Translated by Julius Eggeling. Oxford, 1882-1900. (_Sacred Books of the East_, vols. xii., xxvi., xli., xliii., xliv.)

Sauvé, L. F., _Le Folk-lore des Hautes-Vosges_. Paris, 1889.

Sawyer, F. E., “S. Swithin and Rain-makers,” in _The Folk-lore Journal_, i. (1883).

Saxo Grammaticus, _Historia Danica_. Ed. P. E. Müller. Copenhagen, 1839-1858.

_Saxo Grammaticus, The First Nine Books of the Danish History of._ Translated by O. Elton. London, 1894.

Sayce, Professor A. H., _Lectures on the Religion of the Ancient Babylonians_. London and Edinburgh, 1887. _The Hittites._ Third Edition. London, 1903. “The Hittite Inscriptions,” in _Recueil de Travaux relatifs à la Philologie et à l’Archéologie Égyptiennes et Assyriennes_, xiv. (1893). in W. Wright’s _Empire of the Hittites_. Second Edition. London, 1886.

Schabelski, A., “Voyage aux colonies russes de l’Amérique,” in _Bulletin de la Société de Géographie_ (Paris), 2ème Série, iv. (1835).

Schadee, M. C., “Bijdrage tot de kennis van den godsdienst der Dajaks van Landak en Tajan,” in _Bijdragen tot de Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch-Indië_, lvi. (1904). “Het familieleven en familierecht der Dajaks van Landak en Tajan,” in _Bijdragen tot de Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch-Indië_, lxiii. (1910).

Schadenberg, A., “Beiträge zur Kenntniss der im Innern Nordluzons lebenden Stämme,” in _Verhandlungen der Berliner Gesellschaft für Anthropologie, Ethnologie und Urgeschichte_ (1888), bound with _Zeitschrift für Ethnologie_, xx. (1888); and in _Verhandlungen der Berliner Gesellschaft für Anthropologie, Ethnologie and Urgeschichte_ (1889), bound with _Zeitschrift für Ethnologie_, xxi. (1889). “Die Bewohner von Süd-Mindanao und der Insel Samal,” in _Zeitschrift für Ethnologie_, xvii. (1885).

Schäfer, H., _Die Mysterien des Osiris in Abydos_. Leipsic, 1904.

Schandein, L., in _Bavaria, Landes- und Volkskunde des Königreichs Bayern_. Munich, 1860-1867.

Schanz, M., _Geschichte der römischen Literatur_. Second Edition. Munich, 1898.

Scheffer, J., _Lapponia_. Frankfort, 1673. _Upsalia._ Upsala, 1666.

Schell, O., “Einige Bemerkungen über den Mond im heutigen Glauben des bergischen Volkes,” in _Am Urquell_, v. (1894).

Schellong, O., “Das Barlum-fest der Gegend Finschhafens,” in _Internationales Archiv für Ethnographie_, ii. (1889). “Über Familienleben und Gebräuche der Papuas der Umgebung von Finschhafen,” in _Zeitschrift für Ethnologie_, xxi. (1889).

Scherzer, K., “Die Indianer von Santa Catalina Istlávacana (Frauenfuss), ein Beitrag zur Culturgeschichte der Urbewohner Central-Amerikas,” in _Sitzungsberichte der philosophischen-historischen Classe der kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften_, xviii. Vienna, 1856.

Scheube, B., “Der Baerencultus und die Baerenfeste der Ainos,” in _Mittheilungen der Deutschen Gesellschaft bei Süd und Süd-Ostasiens_, Heft xxii. Yokohama. _Die Ainos._ Reprinted from _Mittheilungen der Deutschen Gesellschaft bei Süd und Süd-Ostasiens_. Yokohama.

Schickard, quoted by Lagarde, “Purim,” in _Abhandlungen der Königlichen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu Göttingen_, xxxiv. (1887).

Schiefner, Anton, _Awarische Texte_. St. Petersburg, 1873. _Heldensagen der Minussinschen Tataren._ St. Petersburg, 1859.

Schiefner, F. Anton von, _Tibetan Tales_. Done into English from the German, with an introduction by W. R. S. Ralston. London, 1882.

Schinz, H., _Deutsch-Südwest-Afrika_. Oldenburg and Leipsic, N.D., preface dated 1891.

Schlegel, G., “La fête de fouler le feu célébrée en Chine et par les Chinois à Java,” in _Internationales Archiv für Ethnographie_, ix. (1896). _Uranographie Chinoise._ The Hague and Leyden, 1875.

Schleicher, August, _Litauische Märchen, Sprichwörter, Rätsel und Lieder_. Weimar, 1857. “Lituanica,” in _Sitzungsberichte der philosophischen-historischen Classe der Kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften_, xi. Vienna, 1853, published 1854. _Volkstümliches aus Sonnenberg._ Weimar, 1858.

Schleiden, M. J., _Das Salz_. Leipsic, 1875.

Schlich, Dr. W., _Manual of Forestry_, vol. iv. _Forest Protection_, by W. R. Fisher, M.A. Second Edition. London, 1907.

Schlömann, “Die Malepa in Transvaal,” in _Verhandlungen der Berliner Gesellschaft für Anthropologie, Ethnologie und Urgeschichte_ (1894).

Schloss, Francis S., in letter to the Author (vi. 136 _n._ 4).

Schlossar, A., “Volksmeinung und Volksaberglaube aus der Deutschen Steiermark,” in _Germania_, N.R., xxiv. (1891).

Schmeltz, J. D. E., “Das Pflugfest in China,” in _Internationales Archiv für Ethnographie_, xi. (1898). _Das Schwirrholz._ Hamburg, 1896.

Schmid, Von, “Het Kakihansch Verbond op het eiland Ceram,” in _Tijdschrift voor Neêrlands Indië_, deel ii. Batavia, 1843.

Schmidt, A., _Handbuch der griechischen Chronologie_. Jena, 1888.

Schmidt, Bernhard, _Das Volksleben der Neugriechen_. Leipsic, 1871. _Griechische Märchen, Sagen und Volkslieder._ Leipsic, 1877.

Schmidt, George, Moravian Missionary in 1737, quoted by Theophilus Hahn, in _Tsuni-Goam, the Supreme Being of the Khoi-Khoi_. London, 1881.

Schmidt, K., _Jus primae noctis_. Freiburg im Breisgau, 1881.

Schmidt, P. W., “Ethnographisches von Berlinhafen, Deutsch-Neu-Guinea,” in _Mittheilungen der Anthropologischen Gesellschaft in Wien_, xxx. (1899).

Schmidt, Van, “Aanteekeningen nopens de zeden, gewoonten en gebruiken, benevens de vooroordeelen en bijgelovigheden der bevolking van de eilanden Saparoea, Haroekoe, Noessa Laut, en van een gedeelte van de zuidkust van Ceram,” in _Tijdschrift voor Neêrlands Indië_. Batavia, 1843.

Schmidt, W., _Das Jahr und seine Tage in Meinung und Brauch der Romänen Siebenbürgens_. Hermannstadt, 1866.

Schmiedel, Professor P., in notes sent to Dr. J. S. Black (iv. 261 _n._ 1).

Schmitz, J. H., _Sitten und Sagen, Lieder, Sprüchwörter und Räthsel des Eifler Volkes_. Trèves, 1856-1858.

* Schneider, Zacharias, _Leipziger Chronik_, cited by K. Schwenk, _Die Mythologie der Slaven_, and by Fr. Kauffmann, _Balder_.

Schneller, Christian, _Märchen und Sagen aus Wälschtirol_. Innsbruck, 1867.

_Scholia Graeca in Aristophanem._ Ed. Fr. Dübner. Paris (Didot), 1877.

_Scholia in Caesaris Germanici Aratea._ Ed. Fr. Eyssenhardt, in his edition of Martianus Capella. Leipsic, 1866.

_Scholia in Lucianum._ Ed. H. Rabe. Leipsic, 1906.

_Scholia in Euripidem._ Ed. Edvardus Schwartz. Berlin, 1887-1891.

_Scholia in Homeri Iliadem._ Ex recensione Immanuelis Bekkeri. Berlin, 1825.

_Scholia in Pindarum._ Ed. Aug. Boeckh. Leipsic, 1819.

_Scholia in Sophoclis Tragoedias vetera._ Ed. P. N. Papageorgius. Leipsic, 1888.

_Scholia in Theocritum, Nicandrum et Oppianum._ Ed. Fr. Dübner et U. Cats Bussemaker. Paris (Didot), 1849.

Scholiast on— Apollonius Rhodius, _Argonautica_. Ed. Aug. Wellauer. Aristides. Ed. G. Dindorf. _Panathenaicus._ Aristophanes, _Acharnenses_. _Birds._ _Clouds._ _Ecclesiazusae._ _Frogs._ _Knights._ _Peace._ _Plutus._ _Thesmophoriazusae._ Callimachus. (_Callimachea_, vol. i. Edidit O. Schneider. Leipsic, 1870-1873.) Clement of Alexandria, quoted by Chr. Aug. Lobeck, _Aglaophamus_. Königsberg, 1829. Demosthenes. Euripides, _Hippolytus_. _Medea._ _Orestes._ _Phoenissae._ Hesiod, _Works and Days_. Ed. E. Vollbehr. Kiel, 1844. Homer, _Iliad_. Lucian, _Dialogi Meretricii_. _Jupiter Tragoedus._ Nicander, _Alexipharmaca_. _Theriaca._ Oppianus, _Halieutica_. Ovid, _Ibis_. Persius, _Satires_. Ed. O. Jahn. Pindar, _Isthmia_. _Olympia._ _Pythia._ Plato, _Gorgias_. _Republic._ _Theaetetus._ Sophocles, _Antigone_. _Oedipus Coloneus._ Theocritus. Thucydides. Ed. Didot.

* Scholiastes Veronensis, on Virgil.

Schömann, G. F., _Griechische Alterthümer_. Fourth Edition. Berlin, 1897-1902.

Schomburgk, Sir R., _Reisen in Britisch-Guiana_. Leipsic, 1847-1848. in _Verhandlungen der Berliner Gesellschaft für Anthropologie, Ethnologie und Urgeschichte_, 1879.

Schön, J. F., and Crowther, S., _Journals_. London, 1848.

* Schönwerth, F., _Aus der Oberpfalz_, cited by Adalbert Kuhn, in _Mythologische Studien_. Gütersloh, 1912.

Schoolcraft, Henry R., _Indian Tribes of the United States_. Philadelphia, 1853-1856. _Notes on the Iroquois._ Albany, 1847. _Onéota, or Characteristics of the Red Race of America._ New York and London, 1845. _The American Indians, their History, Condition, and Prospects._ Buffalo, 1851.

Schott, “Ueber die Sage von Geser-Chan,” in _Abhandlungen der Königlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin_ (1851).

Schott, Arthur und Albert, _Walachische Maehrchen_. Stuttgart and Tübingen, 1845.

Schrader, E., _Die Keilinschriften und das Alte Testament_. Dritte Auflage, neu bearbeitet von H. Zimmern und H. Winckler. Berlin, 1902.

Schrader, Otto, _s.v._ “Aryan Religion,” in Dr. J. Hastings’s _Encyclopaedia of Religion and Ethics_, ii. Edinburgh, 1909. _Reallexikon der indogermanischen Altertumskunde._ Strasburg, 1901. _Sprachvergleichung und Urgeschichte._ Second Edition. Jena, 1890. Third Edition. Jena, 1905-1907.

Schreiber, Th., _Apollon Pythoktonos_. Leipsic, 1879.

Schrenck, L. von, _Reisen und Forschungen im Amur-lande_, vol. iii. Part i. _Die Völker des Amur-Landes._ St. Petersburg, 1891.

Schroeder, L. v., _Die Hochzeitsbräuche der Esten_. Berlin, 1888. “Lihgo (Refrain der lettischen Sonnwendlieder),” in _Mitteilungen der Anthropologischen Gesellschaft in Wien,_ xxxii. (1902).

Schuchhardt, C., _Schliemann’s Ausgrabungen_. Second Edition. Leipsic, 1891.

Schudt, J. J., _Jüdische Merkwürdigkeiten_. Frankfort and Leipsic, 1714.

Schulenburg, Wilibald von, “Volkskundliche Mittheilungen aus der Mark,” in _Verhandlungen der Berliner Gesellschaft für Anthropologie, Ethnologie und Urgeschichte_ (1896). _Wendische Volkssagen und Gebräuche aus dem Spreewald._ Leipsic, 1880. _Wendisches Volksthum._ Berlin, 1882.

Schuller, J. K., _Das Todaustragen und der Muorlef, ein Beitrag zur Kunde sächsischer Sitte und Sage in Siebenbürgen_. Hermannstadt, 1861.

Schulze, “Ueber Ceram und seine Bewohner,” in _Verhandlungen der Berliner Gesellschaft für Anthropologie, Ethnologie, und Urgeschichte_ (1877).

Schürmann, C. W., “The Aboriginal Tribes of Port Lincoln,” in _Native Tribes of South Australia_. Adelaide, 1879.

Schurtz, H., _Altersklassen und Männerbünde_. Berlin, 1902.

Schuyler, E., _Turkistan_. London, 1876.

Schwally, Fr., _Semitische Kriegsaltertümer_. Leipsic, 1901.

Schwaner, C. A. L. M., _Borneo, Beschrijving van het stroomgebied van den Barito._ Amsterdam, 1853-1854.

Schwarz, B., _Kamerun_. Leipsic, 1886.

Schwartz, F. L. W., _Der Ursprung der Mythologie_. Berlin, 1860.

Schwegler, A., _Römische Geschichte_. Tübingen, 1853-1858.

Schweinfurth, G., _The Heart of Africa_. Third Edition. London, 1878.

_Schweizerisches Archiv für Volkskunde._

_Scotsman, The._

Scott, Rev. David Clement, _A Cyclopaedic Dictionary of the Mang’anja Language spoken in British Central Africa_. Edinburgh, 1892.

Scott, (Sir) J. G., and Hardiman, J. P., _Gazetteer of Upper Burma and the Shan States_. Rangoon, 1900-1901.

Scott, Sir Walter, _Journal_. First Edition. Edinburgh, 1890. _Letters on Demonology and Witchcraft._ London, 1884. _Peveril of the Peak._ _The Pirate._

_Scriptores Rei Rusticae Veteres Latini._ Ed. J. G. Schneider. Leipsic, 1794-1796.

_Scriptores rerum Livonicarum._ Riga and Leipsic, 1848.

_Scriptores rerum mirabilium Graeci._ Ed. A. Westermann. Brunswick, 1839.

_Scriptores rerum mythicarum Latini tres Romae nuper reperti_ (commonly referred to as _Mythographi Vaticani_). Ed. G. H. Bode. Cellis, 1834.

Scriviner, G., in E. M. Curr’s _The Australian Race_.

Scymnus Chius, _Orbis descriptio_, in _Geographi Graeci Minores_, ed. C. Müller, vol. i.

Sébillot, Paul, _Contes populaires de la Haute-Bretagne_. Paris, 1885. _Coutumes populaires de la Haute-Bretagne._ Paris, 1886. “La Fête des Rois,” in _Revue des Traditions populaires_, iii. (1888). _Le Folk-lore de France._ Paris, 1904-1907. _Légendes, Croyances et Superstitions de la Mer._ Paris, 1886. _Traditions et superstitions de la Haute-Bretagne._ Paris, 1882.

Sechefo, J., “The Twelve Lunar Months among the Basuto,” in _Anthropos_, iv. (1909).

Seeman, B., _Viti, an Account of a Government Mission to the Vitian or Fijian Islands in the Years 1860-1862_. Cambridge, 1862.

* Ségonzac, De, _Voyage au Maroc_, quoted by E. Doutté, _Magie et Religion dans l’Afrique du Nord_.

Seidel, H., “Der Yew’e Dienst im Togolande,” in _Zeitschrift für afrikanische und oceanischen Sprachen_, iii. (1897). “Ethnographisches aus Nordost Kamerun,” in _Globus_, lxix. (1896). “Krankheit, Tod, und Begräbnis bei den Togonegern,” in _Globus_, lxxii. (1897).

Seidlitz, N. von, “Die Abchasen,” in _Globus_, lxvi. (1894).

Seidlitz, R. von, “Der Selbstmord bei den Tschuktschen,” in _Globus_, lix. (1891).

Seifart, K., _Sagen, Märchen, Schwänke und Gebräuche aus Stadt und Stift Hildesheim_. Zweite Auflage. Hildesheim, 1889.

* _Sei-I Kwai Medical Journal._ _See_ _s.v._ Hall, Dr. C. H. H.

Seland or Seeland, Dr., abstract of a Russian work on the Gilyaks by, in _Archiv für Anthropologie_, xxvi. (1900).

Selden, J., _De dis Syris_. Leipsic, 1668.

Seler, Professor Eduard, “Altmexicanische Studien,” in _Veröffentlichungen aus dem Königlichen Museum für Völkerkunde_. Berlin, 1890, 1899. “The Mexican Chronology,” in _Bureau of American Ethnology, Bulletin No. 28_. Washington, 1904.

Seleucus, quoted by Athenaeus, iv. 42.

Seligmann, Dr. C. G., “Ancient Egyptian Beliefs in Modern Egypt,” in _Essays and Studies presented to William Ridgeway_. Cambridge, 1913. _s.v._ “Dinka,” in _Encyclopaedia of Religion and Ethics_, vol. iv. Edited by J. Hastings, D.D. Edinburgh, 1911. in _Journal of the Anthropological Institute_, xxix. (1899). in letters and manuscripts sent to the Author (iv. 17 _n._ 3, 21 _n._ 1, 22 _n._ 1, 23 _n._ 1, 30 _nn._ 1 and 2, vi. 161 _n._ 2). in _Reports of the Cambridge Anthropological Expedition to Torres Straits_, v. Cambridge, 1904. _The Cult of Nyakang and the Divine Kings of the Shilluk._ Khartoum, 1911. Reprinted from the _Fourth Report of the Wellcome Tropical Research Laboratories, Gordon Memorial College, Khartoum_. “The Medicine, Surgery, and Midwifery of the Sinaugolo,” in _Journal of the Anthropological Institute_, xxxii. (1902). _The Melanesians of British New Guinea._ Cambridge, 1910.

Seligmann, C. G., and Murray, Margaret A., “Note upon an Early Egyptian Standard,” in _Man_, xi. (1911).

Sellin, Dr. E., “Tell Ta’annek,” in _Denkschriften der kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften, Philosophisch-historische Klasse_, l. Vienna, 1904.

Semper, C., _Die Philippinen und ihre Bewohner_. Würzburg, 1869.

Semper, K., _Die Palau-Inseln im Stillen Ocean_. Leipsic, 1873.

Seneca, _Opera_. Ed. Fr. Haase. Leipsic, 1877-1881. _Tragoediae._ Ed. J. C. Schröder. Delft, 1728. _Agamemnon._ _De Ira._ _Epistulae._ _Hippolytus._ _Naturales Quaestiones._ quoted by Augustine, _De civitate Dei_.

Senfft, A., “Die Rechtssitten der Jap-Eingeborenen,” in _Globus_, xci. (1907). “Ethnographische Beiträge über die Karolineninsel Yap,” in _Petermanns Mitteilungen_, xlix. (1903).

Sepp, Professor Dr., _Altbayerischer Sagenschatz_. Munich, 1876. _Die Religion der alten Deutschen._ Munich, 1890.

Servant, Father, “Notice sur la Nouvelle Zélande,” in _Annales de la Propagation de la Foi_, xv. (1843).

Servius, _Commentarii in Virgilium_. Ed. H. A. Lion. Göttingen, 1826. Ed. G. Thilo and H. Hagen. Leipsic, 1881- .

Sessions, F., “Some Syrian Folklore Notes,” in _Folk-lore_, ix. (1898).

Sextus Empiricus. Ed. Im. Bekker. Berlin, 1842.

Shakespear, Lieut.-Colonel J., “The Kuki-Lushai Clans,” in _Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute_, xxxix. (1909). _The Lushei Kuki Clans._ London, 1912.

Shakespeare, _Henry V_. _Macbeth._

“Shamanism in Siberia and European Russia,” in _Journal of the Anthropological Institute_, xxiv. (1895).

Shaw, Barnabas, _Memorials of South Africa_. London, 1840.

Shaw, G. A., “The Betsileo,” in _The Antananarivo Annual and Madagascar Magazine_. Reprint of the First Four Numbers. Antananarivo, 1885.

Shaw, Rev. Mr., quoted by Thomas Pennant in his “Tour in Scotland, 1769,” printed in J. Pinkerton’s _Voyages and Travels_, iii. London, 1909.

Shaw, Thomas, “On the Inhabitants of the Hills near Rajamahall,” in _Asiatic Researches_, vol. iv. London, 1807.

Sheane, J. H. West, “Wemba Warpaths,” in _Journal of the African Society_, No. xli. (October 1911).

Shelford, R., “Two Medicine-Baskets from Sarawak,” in _Journal of the Anthropological Institute_, xxxiii. (1903).

* Sherring, M. A., _Hindu Tribes and Castes_, cited by H. A. Rose, in _Indian Antiquary_, xxxi. (1902).

_Shetland News_, February 1st, 1913.

Shooter, Rev. Joseph, _The Kafirs of Natal and the Zulu Country_. London, 1857.

Shortland, Edward, _Maori Religion and Mythology_. London, 1882. _The Southern Districts of New Zealand._ London, 1851. _Traditions and Superstitions of the New Zealanders._ Second Edition. London, 1856.

Shortt, J., “The Bayadère or Dancing-girls of Southern India,” in _Memoirs of the Anthropological Society of London_, iii. (1867-1869).

Sibree, Rev. J., “Curiosities of Words connected with Royalty and Chieftainship,” _Antananarivo Annual and Madagascar Magazine_, No. xi. (1887). “Divination among the Malagasy,” in _Folk-lore_, iii. (1892). in _Journal of the Anthropological Institute_, xxi. (1892). _Madagascar and its People._ London, [1870]. “Remarkable Ceremonial at the Decease and Burial of a Betsileo Prince,” in _Antananarivo Annual_, No. xxii. (1898), quoted by A. van Gennep, _Tabou et totémisme à Madagascar_. _The Great African Island._ London, 1880.

Sibthorp, in R. Walpole’s _Memoirs relating to European and Asiatic Turkey_. London, 1817.

Siebold, H. von, _Ethnologische Studien über die Aino auf der Insel Yesso_. Berlin, 1881.

Siebs, Th., “Das Saterland,” in _Zeitschrift für Volkskunde_, iii. (1893).

Silius Italicus, _Punica_. Ed. J. C. T. Ernesti. Leipsic, 1791-1792.

Simmons, Rev. E. Z., “Idols and Spirits,” in _Chinese Recorder and Missionary Journal_, xix. (1888).

Simons, F. A., “An Exploration of the Goajira Peninsula, U.S. of Colombia,” in _Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society_, N.S., vii. (1885).

Simpson, William, _The Buddhist Praying Wheel_. London, 1896. Also in a private communication to the Author (iii. 125 _n._ 3)

Simrock, K., _Die Edda_. Eighth Edition. Stuttgart, 1882. _Handbuch der deutschen Mythologie._ Fifth Edition. Bonn, 1878.

Simson, Alfred, in _Journal of the Anthropological Institute_, vii. (1878). “Notes on the Jivaros and Canelos Indians,” in _Journal of the Anthropological Institute_, ix. (1880). _Travels in the Wilds of Ecuador._ London, 1887.

Sinclair, Sir John, _Statistical Account of Scotland_. Edinburgh, 1791-1799.

Singleton, Miss A. H., in letters to the Author (viii. 320 _n._ 1, xi. 192 _n._ 1).

“Sitten und Gebräuche in Duderstadt,” in _Zeitschrift für deutsche Mythologie und Sittenkunde_, ii. (1855).

_Sitzungsberichte der Königlichen Bayerischen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu München._

_Sitzungsberichte der Königlichen Preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin._

_Sitzungsberichte der mathematischen-naturwissenschaftlichen Klasse der Kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften._ Vienna.

_Sitzungsberichte der philosophischen-historischen Classe der Kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften._ Vienna.

_Sitzungsberichte der philosophischen-philologischen und historischen Classe der Königlichen Bayerischen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu München._

Six, J., “Die Eriphyle des Polygnot,” in _Mittheilungen des Kaiserlich Deutschen Archaeologischen Instituts, Athenische Abtheilung_, xix. (1894).

Skeat, W. W., _Etymological Dictionary of the English Language_. Oxford, 1910.

Skeat, W. W., _Malay Magic_. London, 1900. “Snakestones and Stone Thunderbolts,” in _Folk-lore_, xxiii. (1912).

Skeat, W. W., and Blagden, C. O., _Pagan Races of the Malay Peninsula_. London, 1906.

Skene, W. F., _Celtic Scotland_. 1876-1880.

Skinner, Principal J., Introduction to Kings, in _The Century Bible_, on 1 Kings xiv. 23.

Sleeman, Major-General Sir W. H., _Rambles and Recollections of an Indian Official_. New Edition. Westminster, 1893.

Sleigh, Mr., of Lifu, quoted by Prof. E. B. Tylor, in _Journal of the Anthropological Institute_, xxviii. (1898).

Smet, J. de, in _Annales de la Propagation de la Foi_, xi. (1838), xiv. (1842), xv. (1843). _Voyages aux Montagnes Rocheuses._ Nouvelle Edition. Paris and Brussels, 1873.

Smet, P. J. de, _Western Missions and Missionaries_. New York, 1863.

Smith, A. H., “Illustrations to Bacchylides,” in _Journal of Hellenic Studies_, xviii. (1898).

Smith, Mrs. E. A., “Myths of the Iroquois,” in _Second Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology_. Washington, 1883.

Smith, E. R., _The Araucanians_. London, 1855.

Smith, George Adam, _s.v._ “Bethlehem,” in _Encyclopaedia Biblica_, i. _Historical Geography of the Holy Land._ London, 1894.

Smith, Prof. G. C. Moore, in letter to the Author (viii. 329 _n._ 1).

Smith, G. H., “Some Betsimisaraka Superstitions,” in _The Antananarivo Annual and Madagascar Magazine_, No. 10 (Christmas, 1886).

Smith, (Sir) Henry Babington, in _Folk-lore_, v. (1894).

Smith, J., _Trade and Travels in the Gulph of Guinea_. London, 1851.

Smith, Mrs. James, _The Booandik Tribe_. Adelaide, 1880.

Smith, W., _Dictionary of Greek and Roman Antiquities_. Third Edition. London, 1890-1891. _Dictionary of Greek and Roman Geography._ London, 1873.

Smith, W., and Cheetham, S., _Dictionary of Christian Antiquities_. London, 1875-1880.

Smith, W. Robertson, “Animal Worship and Animal Tribes,” in _Journal of Philology_, ix. (1880). “Ctesias and the Semiramis Legend,” in _English Historical Review_, ii. (1887). _Kinship and Marriage in Early Arabia._ Cambridge, 1885. New Edition. London, 1903. _Lectures on the Religion of the Semites._ Second Edition. London, 1894. “Sacrifice,” in _Encyclopaedia Britannica_. Ninth Edition, vol. xxi. 1886. _The Old Testament in the Jewish Church._ Second Edition. London and Edinburgh, 1892. _The Prophets of Israel._ Second Edition. London, 1902. Also in private communications to the Author (i. 301 _n._ 2, iii. 77 _n._ 1, 96 _n._ 1, v. 10 _n._ 1, vii. 259 _n._ 1, viii. 27 _n._ 5, 251 _n._ 5, 280 _n._).

Smyth, R. Brough, _The Aborigines of Victoria_. Melbourne and London, 1878.

Smyth, W., and Lowe, F., _Narrative of a Journey from Lima to Para_. London, 1836.

Socrates, _Historia Ecclesiastica_, in Migne’s _Patrologia Graeca_, lxvii.

Soddy, F., _The Interpretation of Radium_. Third Edition. London, 1912.

Söderblom, N., _La Vie Future d’après le Mazdéisme_. Paris, 1901. _Les Fravashis._ Paris, 1899.

Soleillet, Paul, _L’Afrique Occidentale_. Paris, 1877.

Solinus, _Collectanea_. Ed. Th. Mommsen. Berlin, 1864.

Solms-Laubach, Graf zu, “Die Herkunft, Domestication und Verbreitung des gewöhnlichen Feigenbaums (_Ficus Carica_, L.),” in _Abhandlungen der Königlichen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu Göttingen_, xxviii. (1882).

Solomon, V., “Extracts from Diaries kept in Car Nicobar,” in _Journal of the Anthropological Institute_, xxxii. (1902).

Somerville, B. T., “Notes on some Islands of the New Hebrides,” in _Journal of the Anthropological Institute_, xxiii. (1894).

Somerville, Professor William, of Oxford. Private communications to the Author (ii. 328 _n._ 4, vii. 193 _n._).

Sommer, E., _Sagen, Märchen und Gebräuche aus Sachsen und Thüringen_. Halle, 1846.

Sonnerat, _Voyage aux Indes orientales et à la Chine_. Paris, 1782.

Sonnini, C. S., _Travels in Upper and Lower Egypt_. Translated from the French. London, 1800.

Sopater, in _Rhetores Graeci_. Ed. Chr. Walz.

Sophocles, _Plays and Fragments_, in _Poetae Scenici Graeci_, ed. G. Dindorf, London, 1869. Ed. R. C. Jebb. Cambridge, 1892-1900. _Ajax._ _Antigone._ _Electra._ _Oedipus Coloneus._ _Oedipus Tyrannus._ quoted by Plutarch, _De audiendis poetis_. _Root-cutters_, quoted by Macrobius, _Saturnalia_. _Trachiniae._ _Triptolemus._

Souché, B., _Croyances, présages et traditions diverses_. Niort, 1880.

(_South African_) _Folk-lore Journal_.

Southey, R., _History of Brazil_. London, 1817-1819. Second Edition. London, 1822.

Sowerby, James, _English Botany_. London, 1796-1805.

Sozomenus, _Historia Ecclesiastica_, in Migne’s _Patrologia Graeca_, lxvii.

Spafford, Jacob E., “Around the Dead Sea by Motor Boat,” in _The Geographical Journal_, xxxix. (1912).

Spartianus, Aelius, in _Scriptores Historiae Augustae_, ed. H. Peter, Leipsic, 1884. _Caracallus._ _Pescennius Niger._

“Specimen Calendarii Gentilis,” appended to the _Edda Rhythmica seu Antiquior, vulgo Saemundina dicta_, Pars iii. Copenhagen, 1828.

Speck, Frank G., _Ethnology of the Yuchi Indians_. Philadelphia, 1909.

Speckmann, F., _Die Hermannsburger Mission in Afrika_. Hermannsburg, 1876.

_Spectator, The._ London, 1711-1712, 1714.

Speight, Harry, _The Craven and North-West Yorkshire Highlands_. London, 1892. _Tramps and Drives in the Craven Highlands._ London, 1895.

Speijer, J. S., “Le Dieu romain Janus,” in _Revue de l’Histoire des Religions_, xxvi. (1892).

Spencer, Edmund, _Travels in Circassia, Krim Tartary, etc._ London, 1836.

Spencer, Herbert, _First Principles_. Third Edition. London, 1875.

Spencer, J., _De legibus Hebraeorum_. The Hague, 1686.

Spencer, W. Baldwin, in letter to the Author (v. 101 _n._). _An Introduction to the Study of Certain Native Tribes of the Northern Territory._ (_Bulletin of the Northern Territory_, No. 2. Melbourne, 1912).

Spencer, Baldwin, and Gillen, F. J., _Across Australia_. London, 1912. _The Native Tribes of Central Australia._ London, 1899. _The Northern Tribes of Central Australia._ London, 1904.

Spenser, Edmund, _View of the State of Ireland_. Reprinted in H. Morley’s _Ireland under Elizabeth and James the First_. London, 1890.

_Sphinx._

Spiess, C., “Einiges über die Bedeutung der Personennamen der Evheer in Togo-Gebiete,” in _Mitteilungen des Seminars für orientalische Sprachen zu Berlin_, vi. (1903), Dritte Abteilung. “Religionsbegriffe der Evheer in West-Afrika,” in _Mitteilungen des Seminars für orientalische Sprachen zu Berlin_, vi. (1903), Dritte Abteilung.

Spieth, H., “Jagdgebräuche in Avatime,” in _Mitteilungen der Geographischen Gesellschaft zu Jena_, ix. (1890).

Spieth, Jakob, “Der Jehve Dienst der Evhe-Neger,” in _Mitteilungen der Geographischen Gesellschaft zu Jena_, xii. (1893). _Die Ewe-Stämme: Material zur Kunde des Ewe-Volkes in Deutsch-Togo._ Berlin, 1906. _Die Religion der Eweer in Süd-Togo._ Leipsic, 1911.

Spire, F., “Rain-making in Equatorial Africa,” in _Journal of the African Society_, No. 17 (October 1905).

Spitta-Bey, G., _Contes arabes modernes_. Leyden and Paris, 1883.

Spix, J. B. von, und Martius, C. F. Ph. von, _Reise in Brasilien_. Munich, 1823-1831.

Spoer, Mrs. H. H., “The Powers of Evil in Jerusalem,” in _Folk-lore_, xviii. (1907).

Spratt, T. A. B., and Forbes, E., _Travels in Lycia_. London, 1847.

Spreeuwenberg, A. F. van, “Een blik op de Minahassa,” in _Tijdschrift voor Neêrland’s Indië_. Zevende Jaargang, Vierde deel, Batavia, 1845; Achtste Jaargang, Erste deel, Batavia, 1846.

Sproat, G. M., _Scenes and Studies of Savage Life_. London, 1868.

Stanbridge, W., “On the Aborigines of Victoria,” in _Transactions of the Ethnological Society of London_, N.S., i. (1861). “Some Particulars of the General Characteristics, Astronomy, and Mythology of the Tribes in the Central Part of Victoria, South Australia,” in _Transactions of the Ethnological Society of London_, N.S., i. (1861).

Stanbridge, W. E., quoted by R. Brough Smyth in _Aborigines of Victoria_.

Standing, H. F., “Malagasy _fady_,” in _Antananarivo Annual and Madagascar Magazine_, vol. ii. (Reprint of the Second Four Numbers, 1881-1884.) Antananarivo, 1896.

Stanley, A. P., _Sinai and Palestine_. Second Edition. London, 1856.

Stanley, H. M., _Through the Dark Continent_. London, 1878.

Stannus, H. S., “Notes on some Tribes of British Central Africa,” in _Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute_, xl. (1910).

Starr, Frederick, “Holy Week in Mexico,” in _The Journal of American Folk-lore_, xii. (1899).

Statius, _Opera Omnia_. London (Valpy), 1824. _Sylvae._ _Thebaïs._

* _Status Scholae Etonensis_ (A.D. 1560), quoted by John Brand, _Popular Antiquities of Great Britain_, and T. F. Thiselton Dyer, _British Popular Customs_.

Stchoukine, Ivan, _Le Suicide collectif dans le Raskol russe_. Paris, 1903.

Stebbing, E. B., “The Loranthus Parasite of the Moru and Ban Oaks,” in _Journal and Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal_. New Series, v. Calcutta, 1910.

Steedman, A., _Wanderings and Adventures in the Interior of Southern Africa_. London, 1835.

Steel, F. A., and Temple, R. C., _Wide-awake Stories_. Bombay and London, 1884.

Steele, Sir Richard, in _The Spectator_, Friday, 14th December 1711.

Steere, Edward, _Swahili Tales_. London, 1870.

Stehle, Bruno, “Volksglauben, Sitten und Gebräuche in Lothringen,” _Globus_, lix. (1891).

Steinen, Karl von den, _Unter den Naturvölkern Zentral-Brasiliens_. Berlin, 1894.

Stella, Erasmus, “De Borussiae antiquitatibus,” in Simon Grynaeus’s _Novus Orbis regionum ac insularum veteribus incognitarum_. Paris, 1532.

Steller, G. W., _Beschreibung von dem Lande Kamtschatka_. Frankfort and Leipsic, 1774.

Stengel, P., “Die Opfer der Hellenen an die Winde,” in _Hermes_, xvi. (1881). in Pauly-Wissowa’s _Real-Encyclopädie der classischen Altertumswissenschaft_, v. “Zum griechischen Opferritual,” in _Jahrbuch des Kaiserlichen Deutschen Archaeologischen Instituts_, xviii. (1903).

Stenin, N. von, “Die Permier,” in _Globus_, lxxi. (1897).

Stenin, P. von, “Das Gewohnheitsrecht der Samojeden,” in _Globus_, lx. (1891). “Die Kirgisen des Kreises Saissanak im Gebiete von Ssemipalatinsk,” in _Globus_, lxix. (1906). “Ein neuer Beitrag zur Ethnographie der Tscheremissen,” in _Globus_, lviii. (1890). “Jochelson’s Forschungen unter den Jukagiren,” in _Globus_, lxxvi. (1899). “Über den Geisterglauben in Russland,” in _Globus_, lvii. (1890).

Stephan, E., und Graebner, F., _Neu-Mecklenburg_. Berlin, 1907.

Stephani, L., in _Compte-rendu de la Commission Impériale Archéologique_. St. Petersburg, 1863. in _Compte-rendu de la Commission Impériale Archéologique pour l’année 1869_. St. Petersburg, 1870.

Stephanus Byzantius, _Ethnica_. Ed. Ant. Westermann. Leipsic, 1839.

Sternberg, Leo, “Die Religion der Gilyaken,” in _Archiv für Religionswissenschaft_, viii. (1905).

Steuding, in W. H. Roscher’s _Lexicon der griechischen und römischen Mythologie_, ii.

Stevens, H. Vaughan, “Mitteilungen aus dem Frauenleben der Ôrang Belendas, der Ôrang Djâkun und der Ôrang Lâut,” bearbeitet von Dr. Max Bartels, in _Zeitschrift für Ethnologie_, xxviii. (1896).

* Stevens, Captain John, _The History of Persia_. London, 1715.

Stevenson, M. C., “The Sia,” _Eleventh Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology_. Washington, 1894.

Stevenson, Mrs. Matilda Coxe, “The Zuñi Indians,” in _Twenty-Third Annual Report of the Bureau of American Ethnology_. Washington, 1904.

Stewart, Rev. Allan, in Sir John Sinclair’s _Statistical Account of Scotland_, xv.

Stewart, Balfour, _The Conservation of Energy_. Fourth Edition. London, 1877.

Stewart, C. S., _A Visit to the South Seas_. London, 1832.

Stewart, D., in E. M. Curr’s _Australian Race_, iii.

Stewart, Rev. J., D.D., _Lovedale, South Africa_. Edinburgh, 1894.

Stewart, Lieut. R., “Notes on the Northern Cachar,” in _Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal_, xxiv. (1855).

Stewart, W. Grant, _The Popular Superstitions and Festive Amusements of the Highlanders of Scotland_. Edinburgh, 1823. New Edition. London, 1851.

Stigand, Captain C. H., _To Abyssinia through an Unknown Land_. London, 1910.

Stigand, J. A., “The Volcano of Smeroe, Java,” in _The Geographical Journal_, xxviii. (1906).

Stobaeus, _Eclogae_. Ed. A. Meineke. Leipsic, 1860-1864. _Florilegium._ Ed. A. Meineke. Leipsic, 1855-1857.

Stokes, H. J., “Walking through Fire,” in _Indian Antiquary_, ii. (1873).

Stokes, Maive, _Indian Fairy Tales_. London, 1880.

Stoll, _s.vv._ “Kinyras” and “Melikertes,” in W. H. Roscher’s _Lexikon der griechischen und römischen Mythologie_.

Stoll, Otto, _Die Ethnologie der Indianerstämme von Guatemala_. Leyden, 1889. _Suggestion und Hypnotism._ Second Edition. Leipsic, 1904.

Stone, R. H., _In Afric’s Forest and Jungle_. Edinburgh and London, 1900.

_Stories of the Kings of Norway_ (_Heimskringla_). Done into English by W. Morris and E. Magnússon. London, 1893-1905.

Stout, Professor G. F., of St. Andrews. Private communication (viii. 261 _n._ 1).

Stow, G. W., _Native Races of South Africa_. London, 1905.

Stow, John, _A Survay of London_. Edited by Henry Morley. London, N.D. _A Survey of London, written in the Year 1598._ Edited by William J. Thoms. London, 1876.

Strabo. Ed. Aug. Meineke. Leipsic, 1866-1877. Ed. C. Müller et F. Dübner. Paris (Didot), 1853.

Strachey, W., _Historie of travaile into Virginia Britannia_. Hakluyt Society. London, 1849.

Strack, H. L., _Das Blut im Glauben und Aberglauben der Menschheit_. Munich, 1900.

Strackerjan, L., _Aberglaube und Sagen aus dem Herzogthum Oldenburg_. Oldenburg, 1867.

Strauss und Torney, Victor von, _Die altägyptischen Götter und Göttersagen_. Heidelberg, 1889-1891.

Strausz, Adolf, _Die Bulgaren_. Leipsic, 1898.

Streatfield, H. C., “Ranchi,” in _Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal_, lxxii. Part iii. Calcutta, 1904.

Strong, Dr., in C. G. Seligmann’s _The Melanesians of British New Guinea_. Cambridge, 1910.

Strube, C., _Studien über den Bilderkreis von Eleusis_. Leipsic, 1870.

Strutt, Joseph, _The Sports and Pastimes of the People of England_. New Edition, by W. Hone. London, 1834.

Struys, John, _Voiages and Travels_. London, 1684.

Stuart, Mrs. A., in letter to the Author (xi. 287 _n._ 1).

Stubbes, Phillip, _The Anatomie of Abuses_. F. J. Furnivall’s reprint. London, 1877-1882.

Stuhlmann, Fr., _Mit Emin Pascha ins Herz von Afrika_. Berlin, 1894.

Stukeley, W., _The Medallic History of Marcus Aurelius Valerius Carausius, Emperor in Britain_. London, 1757-1759.

Stumpf, J., and Campell, Ulr., quoted by Dr. F. J. Vonbun, _Beiträge zur deutschen Mythologie gesammelt in Churrhaetien_. Chur, 1862.

Sturluson, Snorri, _Chronicle of the Kings of Norway_. _See_ _s.v._ Heimskringla.

Suetonius. Ed. C. L. Roth. Leipsic, 1871. _Caligula._ _Divus Augustus._ _Divus Claudius._ _Divus Iulius._ _Divus Vespasianus._ _Nero._ _Otho._ _Tiberius._

Suidas, _Lexicon_. Ed. Im. Bekker. Berlin, 1854.

Sulpicius Severus, _Vita S. Martini_. Ed. C. Halm. Vienna, 1866.

Sunder, D., “Exorcism of Wild Animals in the Sundarbans,” in _Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal_, lxxii. part iii. Calcutta, 1904.

Sundermann, H., “Die Insel Nias und die Mission daselbst,” in _Allgemeine Missions-Zeitschrift_, xi. (August, September, October 1884). _Die Insel Nias und die Mission daselbst._ Barmen, 1905.

* _Survey of the South of Ireland_, quoted by J. Brand, _Popular Antiquities of Great Britain_. London, 1882-1883.

Sutton, J., quoted by Rev. J. Macdonald, _Religion and Myth_. London, 1893.

Svoboda, W., “Die Bewohner des Nikobaren-Archipels,” in _Internationales Archiv für Ethnographie_, v. (1892), vi. (1893).

Swainson, Rev. C., _The Folk Lore and Provincial Names of British Birds_. London, 1886.

* Swan, James G., _The Indians of Cape Flattery_, quoted by Franz Boas, “The Social Organization and the Secret Societies of the Kwakiutl Indians,” in _Report of the United States National Museum for 1895_. Washington, 1897.

Swanton, J. R., “Contributions to the Ethnology of the Haida,” in _Memoir of the American Museum of Natural History, The Jesup North Pacific Expedition_. Leyden and New York, 1905. _Haida Texts and Myths_, in _Bureau of American Ethnology_, _Bulletin_, No. 29. Washington, 1905. _Indian Tribes of the Lower Mississippi Valley._ Washington, 1911. “Social Conditions, Beliefs and Linguistic Relationship of the Tlingit Indians,” in _Twenty-sixth Annual Report of the Bureau of American Ethnology_. Washington, 1908.

Symmachus, _Epistolae_, in Migne’s _Patrologia Latina_, xviii.

* Tabari, Arab chronicler.

Taberer, W. S., “Mashonaland Natives,” in _Journal of the African Society_, No. 15 (April 1905).

Tache, Mgr., letter in _Annales de la Propagation de la Foi_, xxiv. (1852).

Tacitus. Ed. J. G. Baiter et J. G. Orelli. Second Edition. Zürich, 1859- . Berlin, 1877. _Annals._ _Germania._ _Historiae._

Taillepied, F. N., _Recueil des Antiquitez et singularitez de la ville de Rouen_. Rouen, 1587.

* _Taittīrya Brāhmana_, quoted by Denham Rouse, in _Folk-lore_, vii. (1889).

Talbot, P. Amaury, in letter to the Author (v. 271 _n._). _In the Shadow of the Bush._ London, 1912.

Tanner, John. _See_ _s.v._ Narrative.

Taplin, Rev. G., in E. M. Curr’s _The Australian Race_. “Notes on the Mixed Races of Australia,” in _Journal of the Anthropological Institute_, iv. (1875). “The Narrinyeri,” in _Native Tribes of South Australia_. Adelaide, 1879.

Targioni-Tozzetti, G., _Saggio di novelline, canti ed usanze popolari della Ciociaria_. Palermo, 1891.

Tate, H. R., “Further Notes on the Kikuyu Tribe of British East Africa,” in _Journal of the Anthropological Institute_, xxxiv. (1904). “The Native Law of the Southern Gikuyu of British East Africa,” in _Journal of the African Society_, No. xxxv. (April 1910).

Tatian, _Oratio ad Graecos_. Ed. J. C. T. Otto. Jena, 1851.

Tauern, O. D., “Ceram,” in _Zeitschrift für Ethnologie_, xlv. (1913).

Tausch, “Notices of the Circassians,” in _Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society_, i. (1834).

Tautain, Dr., “Notes sur les croyances et pratiques religieuses des Banmanas,” in _Revue d’Ethnographie_, iii. (1885).

Tavernier, J. B., in John Harris’s _Collection of Voyages and Travels_, vol. i. London, 1744. _Voyages en Turquie, en Perse, et aux Indes._ The Hague, 1718.

Taylor, C. Boyson, “Easter in Many Lands,” in _Everybody’s Magazine_. New York, 1903.

Taylor, Isaac, _The Origin of the Aryans_. London, N.D. Preface dated December, 1889.

Taylor, Rev. Richard, _Te Ika A Maui, or New Zealand and its Inhabitants_. Second Edition. London, 1870.

Tchéraz, Minas, “Notes sur la mythologie Arménienne,” in _Transactions of the Ninth International Congress of Orientalists_. London, 1893.

Tegner, Swedish poet, cited by J. Grimm, _Deutsche Mythologie_. Fourth Edition.

Teit, J., _The Lillooet Indians_. Leyden and New York, 1906. (_Memoir of the American Museum of Natural History, The Jesup North Pacific Expedition_, vol. ii. part v. New York.) _The Shuswap._ Leyden and New York, 1909. (_Memoir of the American Museum of Natural History, The Jesup North Pacific Expedition_, vol. ii. part vii. New York.) _The Thompson Indians of British Columbia._ (_Memoir of the American Museum of Natural History, The Jesup North Pacific Expedition_, vol. i. part iv. New York, April 1900.)

Temesváry, R., _Volksbräuche und Aberglauben in der Geburtshilfe und der Pflege des Neugeborenen in Ungarn_. Leipsic, 1900.

Temme, J. D. H., _Die Volkssagen der Altmark_. Berlin, 1839.

Temple, Lieut.-Colonel Sir Richard C., in _Indian Antiquary_, xi. (1882). “Opprobrious Names,” in _Indian Antiquary_, x. (1881). _The Andaman and Nicobar Islands_, in _The Census of India, 1901_, vol. iii. Calcutta, 1903.

Tendeloo, H. J., “Verklaring van het zoogenaamd Oud-Alfoersch Teekenschrift,” in _Mededeelingen van wege het Nederlandsche Zendelinggenootschap_, xxxvi. (1892).

Tennant, R., _Sardinia and its Resources_. Rome and London, 1885.

Teofilo, “La notte di San Giovanni in Oriente,” in _Archivio per lo Studio delle Tradizioni Popolari_, vii. (1888).

Ternaux-Compans, H., _Essai sur l’ancien Cundinamarca_. Paris, N.D. _Voyages, relations et mémoires originaux, pour servir à l’histoire de la découverte de l’Amérique._ Paris, 1837-1841.

Terrien, Missionary F., in _Annales de la Propagation de la Foi_, liv. (1882).

Tertre, Jean Baptiste du, _Histoire generale des Antilles_. Paris, 1667-1671. _Histoire generale des Isles de S. Christophe, de la Guadeloupe, de la Martinique et autres dans l’Amerique._ Paris, 1654.

Tertullian, _Opera_. Ed. F. Oehler. Leipsic, 1851-1854. Ed. E. F. Leopold, Pars i. _Libri Apologetici._ Leipsic, 1839. _Ad martyres._ _Ad Nationes._ _Adversus Judaeos._ _Adversus Marcionem._ _Apologeticus._ _Contra Gnosticos Scorpiace._ _De corona militis._ _De jejunio._ _De praescriptione haereticorum._ _De spectaculis._ _De virginibus velandis_, in Migne’s _Patrologia Latina_, ii.

Teschauer, Carl, S.J., “Mythen und alte Volkssagen aus Brasilien,” in _Anthropos_, i. (1906).

Tessier, “Sur la fête annuelle de la roue flamboyante de la Saint-Jean, à Basse-Kontz, arrondissement de Thionville,” in _Mémoires et dissertations publiées par la Société Royale des Antiquaires de France_, v. (1823).

_Testaments of the Twelve Patriarchs._ Translated and edited by R. H. Charles. London, 1908.

Tettau, W. J. A. von, und Temme, J. D. H., _Die Volkssagen Ostpreussens, Litthauens und Westpreussens_. Berlin, 1837.

Tetzlaff, W., “Notes on the Laughlan Islands,” in _Annual Report on British New Guinea, 1890-1891_. Brisbane, 1892.

Tetzner, Dr. F., “Die Kuren in Ostpreussen,” in _Globus_, lxxv. (1899). “Die Tschechen und Mährer in Schlesien,” in _Globus_, lxxviii. (1900).

_Teysmannia_, No. 2. 1896.

Theal, G. McCall, _Kaffir Folk-lore_. Second Edition. London, 1886. _Records of South-Eastern Africa._ 1901.

Theocritus, _Idyllia_. Iterum edidit A. T. A. Fritsche. Leipsic, 1868-1869.

Theodoretus, _In Ezechielis cap. viii._, in Migne’s _Patrologia Graeca_, lxxxi.

* Theodorus, _Metamorphoses_.

Theognis, in _Poetae Lyrici Graeci_, ed. Th. Bergk, vol. ii.

Theophanes, _Chronographia_. Ed. J. Classen. Bonn, 1839-1841.

Theophrastus, _Opera quae supersunt omnia_. Ed. Fr. Wimmer. Paris (Didot), 1866. _Characters_, “The Superstitious Man.” _De causis plantarum._ _De igne._ _De signis tempestatum._ _De ventis._ _Historia Plantarum._

Theopompus, cited by Athenaeus. Fragments in _Fragmenta Historicorum Graecorum_, ed. C. Müller, vol. i.

_Thesaurus Linguae Latinae._ Leipsic, 1906- .

Thevenot, _Relations des divers voyages_, 4ème Partie (Paris, 1672), “Voyage à la Chine des PP. I. Grueber et d’Orville.”

Thevet, André, _La Cosmographie universelle_. Paris, 1575. _Les Singularitez de la France Antarctique, autrement nommée Amérique._ Antwerp, 1558.

Thiers, J. B., _Traité des Superstitions_. Paris, 1679. Fifth Edition. Paris, 1741.

Thilenius, G., _Ethnographische Ergebnisse aus Melanesien_. Halle, 1903.

Thomas, Cyrus, _The Maya Year_. Washington, 1894. (_Smithsonian Institution, Bureau of Ethnology._)

Thomas, J. W., “De jacht op het eiland Nias,” in _Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde_, xxvi. (1880).

Thomas, Northcote W., _Anthropological Report on the Ibo-speaking Peoples of Nigeria_. London, 1913. _Natives of Australia._ London, 1906. “The Scape-Goat in European Folk-lore,” in _Folk-lore_, xvii. (1906).

Thomas-de-Saint-Mars, “Fête de Saint Estapin,” in _Mémoires de la Société Royale des Antiquaires de France_, i. (1817).

Thomas the Rhymer, verses ascribed to, quoted by the Rev. John B. Pratt, _Buchan_. Second Edition. Aberdeen, Edinburgh, and London, 1859.

Thompson, G., _Travels and Adventures in Southern Africa_. London, 1827.

Thompson, R. Campbell, _Semitic Magic_. London, 1908.

Thomson, A. S., _The Story of New Zealand_. London, 1859.

Thomson, Basil C., _Savage Island_. London, 1902. _South Sea Yarns._ Edinburgh and London, 1894. _The Fijians._ London, 1908.

Thomson, Joseph, _Through Masai Land_. London, 1885.

Thomson, W. M., _The Land and the Book_. London, 1859. _The Land and the Book, Central Palestine and Phoenicia._ London, 1883. _The Land and the Book, Lebanon, Damascus, and beyond Jordan._ London, 1886.

Thorpe, B., _Northern Mythology_. London, 1851-1852.

Thouar, A., _Explorations dans l’Amérique du Sud_. Paris, 1891.

_Thousand and One Nights, The, commonly called, in England, The Arabian Nights’ Entertainment._ Translated by E. W. Lane. London, 1839-1841.

Thraemer, E., _s.v._ “Dionysos,” in W. H. Roscher’s _Lexikon der griechischen und römischen Mythologie_, i.

* Θρακικὴ Ἑπετηρίς. Athens, 1897.

Thucydides. Ed. Thomas Arnold. Fourth Edition. Oxford, 1857.

Thunberg, C. P., _Voyages au Japon_. Paris, 1796.

Thurnwald, R., “Im Bismarck-archipel und auf den Salomo-inseln,” in _Zeitschrift für Ethnologie_, xlii. (1910).

Thurston, Edgar, _Castes and Tribes of Southern India_. Madras, 1909. “Deformity and Mutilation,” in _Madras Government Museum, Bulletin_, vol. iv. No. 3. Madras, 1903. _Ethnographic Notes in Southern India._ Madras, 1906.

Tibullus, _Carmina_. Ed. C. G. Heyne et E. C. F. Wunderlich. Leipsic, 1817.

* Tiede, _Merkwürdigkeiten Schlesiens_ (1804), quoted by P. Drechsler, _Sitte, Brauch und Volksglaube in Schlesien_, i. Leipsic, 1903.

Tiele, C. P., _Babylonisch-assyrische Geschichte_. Gotha, 1886-1888. _Geschichte der Religion im Altertum._ Gotha, 1896-1903. _Geschiedenis van den Godsdienst in de Oudheid._ Amsterdam, 1893-1902. _History of the Egyptian Religion._ London, 1882.

_Tijdschrift van het Koninklijk Nederlandsch Aardrijkskundig Genootschap._

_Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde._

_Tijdschrift voor Neêrlands Indië._

Tilak, Bâl Gangâdhar, _The Arctic Home in the Vedas_. Poona and Bombay, 1903.

Tille, A., _Die Geschichte der deutschen Weihnacht_. Leipsic, preface dated 1893.

Tilton, E. L., quoted in _Folk-lore_, vi. (1895).

Timaeus, cited by Tertullian, _De spectaculis_, 5. in _Fragmenta Historicorum Graecorum_, ed. C. Müller, vol. i.

_Times, The._ _Weekly Edition._

Timkowski, G., _Travels of the Russian Mission through Mongolia to China_. London, 1827.

Tiraboschi, A., “Usi pasquali nel Bergamasco,” in _Archivio per lo Studio delle Tradizioni Popolari_, i. (1892).

Titelbach, Prof. Vl., “Das heilige Feuer bei den Balkanslaven,” in _Internationales Archiv für Ethnographie_, xiii. (1900).

Tod, Lieutenant-Colonel James, _Annals and Antiquities of Rajast’han_. London, 1829 and 1832.

Toepffer, J., _Attische Genealogie_. Berlin, 1889. _Beiträge zur griechischen Altertumswissenschaft._ Berlin, 1897.

Toeppen, M., _Aberglauben aus Masuren_. Second Edition. Danzig, 1867. _Geschichte der preussischen Historiographie._ Berlin, 1853.

Tomassetti, G., in _Museo Italiano di Antichità Classica_, ii. (1888).

Tönjes, Hermann, _Ovamboland, Land, Leute, Mission_. Berlin, 1911.

Tonti, De, “Relation de la Louisiane et du Mississippi,” in _Recueil de Voyages au Nord_, v. Amsterdam, 1734.

Toorn, J. L. van der, “Het animisme bij den Minangkabauer in der Padangsche Bovenlanden,” in _Bijdragen tot de Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch-Indië_, xxxix. (1890).

Torday, E., “Der Tofoke,” in _Mitteilungen der Anthropologischen Gesellschaft in Wien_, xli. (1911).

Torday, E., et Joyce, T. A., _Les Bushongo_. Brussels, 1910. “Note on the Southern Ba-Mbala,” in _Man_, vii. (1907). “Notes on the Ethnography of the Ba-Mbala,” in _Journal of the Anthropological Institute_, xxxv. (1905). “Notes on the Ethnography of the Ba-Yaka,” in _Journal of the Anthropological Institute_, xxxvi. (1906). “On the Ethnology of the South-Western Congo Free State,” in _Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute_, xxxvii. (1907).

Torquemada, J. de, _Monarquia Indiana_. Madrid, 1723.

“Totemismus auf den Marshall-Inseln (Südsee),” in _Anthropos_, viii. (1913).

_Tour du Monde, Le._

Tournefort, P. de, _Relation d’un Voyage du Levant_. Amsterdam, 1718.

Tournier, Lieut.-Colonel, _Notiçe sur le Laos Français_. Hanoi, 1900.

Toutain, J., _Les Cultes païens dans l’Empire Romain_. Paris, 1907 and 1911.

Tozer, H. F., _Selections from Strabo_. Oxford, 1893. _Turkish Armenia and Eastern Asia Minor._ London, 1881.

“Traditions, Customs, and Superstitions of the Lewis,” in _Folk-lore_, vi. (1895).

* Traill, G. W., _Statistical Sketch of Kumaun_, quoted in _North Indian Notes and Queries_, July and August 1891.

Train, Joseph, _An Historical and Statistical Account of the Isle of Man_. Douglas, Isle of Man, 1845.

_Transactions and Proceedings of the New Zealand Institute._

_Transactions and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria._

_Transactions of the American Ethnological Society._

_Transactions of the Canadian Institute._

_Transactions of the Ethnological Society of London_, N. S.

_Transactions of the Historical and Literary Committee of the American Philosophical Society._

_Transactions of the_ (_London_) _Philological Society_.

_Transactions of the Ninth International Congress of Orientalists._

_Transactions of the Philosophical Society of Victoria._

_Transactions of the Royal Society of Canada._

_Transactions of the Royal Society of Victoria._

_Transactions of the Society of Biblical Archaeology._

_Transactions of the Third International Congress for the History of Religion._ Oxford, 1908.

_Transactions of the Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters._

_Travaux de la 6ème Session du Congrès International des Orientalistes à Leide._

_Travels of an Arab Merchant_ [Mohammed Ibn-Omar El-Tounsy] _in Soudan_. Abridged from the French (of Perron) by Bayle St. John. London, 1854.

_Travels of the Jesuits in Ethiopia._ Collected and historically digested by F. Balthazar Telles, of the Society of Jesus. London, 1710.

Travers, W. T. L., “Notes of the Traditions and Manners and Customs of the Mori-oris,” in _Transactions and Proceedings of the New Zealand Institute_, ix. (1876).

Trebellius Pollio, _Claudius_, in _Scriptores Historiae Augustae_, ed. H. Peter, Leipsic, 1884.

Trede, Th., _Das Heidentum in der römischen Kirche_. Gotha, 1889-1891.

Tregear, E., _Maori-Polynesian Comparative Dictionary_. Wellington, N.Z., 1891. “The Maoris of New Zealand,” in _Journal of the Anthropological Institute_, xix. (1890).

Treichel, A., “Reisig- und Steinhäufung bei Ermordeten oder Selbstmördern,” in _Verhandlungen der Berliner Gesellschaft für Anthropologie, Ethnologie und Urgeschichte_, 1888 (bound up with _Zeitschrift für Ethnologie_, xx., 1888). “Reisighäufung und Steinhäufung an Mordstellen,” in _Am Ur-Quelle_, vi. (1896).

Tremearne, Major A. J. N., _Hausa Superstitions and Customs_. London, 1913. _The Tailed Head-hunters of Nigeria._ London, 1912.

Trevelyan, Marie, _Folk-lore and Folk-stories of Wales_. London, 1909.

Trilles, Father H., “Chez les Fangs,” in _Les Missions Catholiques_, xxx. (1898). _Le Totémisme chez les Fâṅ._ Münster i. W., 1912. “Mille lieues dans l’inconnu,” in _Les Missions Catholiques_, xxxiv. (1902).

Tristram, H. B., _The Fauna and Flora of Palestine_. London, 1884. _The Land of Israel._ Fourth Edition. London, 1882. _The Land of Moab._ London, 1873. _The Natural History of the Bible._ Ninth Edition. London, 1898.

Trogus Pompeius, _Historiarum Philippicarum Epitoma_. Ed. J. Jeep. Leipsic, 1862.

Tromp, J. C. E., “De Rambai en Sebroeang Dajaks,” in _Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde_, xxv.

Tromp, S. W., “Een Dajaksch Feest,” in _Bijdragen tot de Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch-Indië_, xxxix. (1890). “Uit de Salasila van Koetei,” in _Bijdragen tot de Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch-Indië_, xxxvii. (1888).

Trumbull, H. C., _The Blood Covenant_. London, 1887. _The Threshold Covenant._ New York, 1896.

Tsakni, N., _La Russie sectaire_. Paris, N.D.

Tschudi, J. J. von, _Peru, Reiseskizzen aus den Jahren 1838-1842_. St. Gallen, 1846.

Türk, in W. H. Roscher’s _Lexikon der griechischen und römischen Mythologie_.

Turner, George, _Nineteen Years in Polynesia_. London, 1861. _Samoa, a Hundred Years ago and long before._ London, 1884.

Turner, L. M., “Ethnology of the Ungava District, Hudson Bay Territory,” in _Eleventh Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology_. Washington, 1894.

Turpin, “History of Siam,” in J. Pinkerton’s _Voyages and Travels_, vol. ix.

Tusser, Thomas, _Five Hundred Points of Good Husbandry_. New Edition. London, 1812.

Tuuk, H. N. van der, “Notes on the Kawi Language and Literature,” in _Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society_, N.S., xiii. (1881).

Tyerman, D., and Bennet, G., _Journal of Voyages and Travels in the South Sea Islands, China, India, etc._ London, 1831.

Tylor, Sir Edward B., _Anthropology_. London, 1881. in _International Folk-lore Congress, 1891, Papers and Transactions_. in _Journal of the Anthropological Institute_, xxviii. (1898). in _Proceedings of the Society of Biblical Archaeology_, xii. (1890). “On a Method of Investigating the Development of Institutions,” in _Journal of the Anthropological Institute_, xviii. (1889). _Primitive Culture._ Second Edition. London, 1873. _Researches into the Early History of Mankind._ Third Edition. London, 1878.

Tyrtaeus, in _Poetae Lyrici Graeci_, ed. Th. Bergk, vol. ii.

Tzetzes, J., _Antehomerica_. Ed. F. S. Lehrs. Paris (Didot), 1878. _Chiliades._ Ed. Th. Kiesseling. Leipsic, 1826. _Scholia on Lycophron._ Ed. Chr. G. Müller. Leipsic, 1811.

“Über die Religion der heidnischen Tscheremissen im Gouvernement Kasan,” in _Zeitschrift für allgemeine Erdkunde_, N.F., iii. (1857).

“Über den religiösen Glauben und die Ceremonien der heidnischen Samojeden im Kreise Mesen,” in _Zeitschrift für allgemeine Erdkunde_, N.F., viii. (1860).

Ulrichs, H. N., _Reisen und Forschungen in Griechenland_. Bremen, 1840. Berlin, 1863.

Unger, G. F., “Der Isthmientag und die Hyakinthien,” in _Philologus_, xxxvii. (1877). “Zeitrechnung der Griechen und Römer,” in Iwan Müller’s _Handbuch der klassischen Altertumswissenschaft_, i. Nördlingen, 1886.

Ungnad, Arthur, _Das Gilgamesch-Epos_. Göttingen, 1911.

_University of California Publications in American Archaeology and Ethnology._

_University Studies._ Lincoln, Nebraska.

Urquhart, Sir Thomas, _The Discovery of a most Exquisite Jewel, more precious than Diamonds inchased in Gold_. Edinburgh, 1774.

Usener, H., _Das Weihnachtsfest_. Second Edition. Bonn, 1911. _Dreiheit, ein Versuch mythologischer Zahlenlehre._ Bonn, 1903. _Götternamen._ Bonn, 1896. “Italische Mythen,” in _Rheinisches Museum_, N.F., xxx. (1875). _Kleine Schriften_, vol. iv. Leipzic and Berlin, 1913.

Utiesenovic, Og. M., _Die Hauskommunionen der Südslaven_. Vienna, 1859.

Vahness, reported by F. von Luschan, in _Verhandlungen der Berliner Gesellschaft für Anthropologie, Ethnologie und Urgeschichte_ (1900).

* Valdés, _Los Majos de Cadiz_.

Valdez, F. T., _Six Years of a Traveller’s Life in Western Africa_. London, 1861.

Valentia, Viscount, _Voyages and Travels_. London, 1811.

Valentyn, François, _Oud en nieuw Oost-Indiën_. Dordrecht and Amsterdam, 1724-1726.

Valerius Flaccus, _Argonautica_. Ed. Aemil. Baehrens. Leipsic, 1875.

Valerius Maximus. Ed. C. Halm. Leipsic, 1865.

Vallancey, General Charles, _Collectanea de rebus Hibernicis_. Dublin, 1786.

Vambery, H., _Das Türkenvolk_. Leipsic, 1885.

Vancouver, Capt. George, _Voyage of Discovery to the North Pacific Ocean and round the World_. London, 1798.

Vanicek, A., _Griechisch-lateinisches etymologisches Wörterbuch_. Leipsic, 1877.

Varenius, B., _Descriptio regni Japoniae et Siam_. Cambridge, 1673. First Edition published by Elzevir at Amsterdam in 1649.

Varonen, reported by Hon. J. Abercromby in _Folk-lore_, ii. (1891).

Varro, cited by Servius, on Virgil, _Aeneid_. _De agri cultura_ (_De re rustica_). Ed. H. Keil. Leipsic, 1884-1902. _De lingua Latina._ Ed. C. O. Müller. Leipsic, 1833. Ed. G. Goetz et Fr. Schoell. Leipsic, 1910. in Priscian (_Grammatici Latini_, ed. H. Keil). quoted by Nonius Marcellus, _De compendiosa doctrina_, _s.v._ “Lemures.” Ed. L. Quicherat. _Satirae Menippeae._ Ed. F. Bücheler. Berlin, 1882.

Varthema, Ludovico di, _Travels in Egypt, Syria, etc._ Translated by J. W. Jones and edited by G. P. Badger. Hakluyt Society. London, 1863.

Veckenstedt, Edm., _Die Mythen, Sagen und Legenden der Zamaiten_ (_Litauer_). Heidelberg, 1883. _Wendische Sagen, Märchen und abergläubische Gebräuche._ Graz, 1880.

Velasco, Juan de, “Histoire du royaume de Quito,” in H. Ternaux-Compans’s _Voyages, Relations et Mémoires originaux pour servir à l’Histoire de la Découverte de l’Amérique_, xviii. Paris, 1840.

Vellay, Ch., _Le culte et les fêtes d’Adonis-Thammouz dans l’Orient antique_. Paris, 1904. “Le dieu Thammuz,” in _Revue de l’Histoire des Religions_, xlix. (1904).

Velleius Paterculus. Ed. C. Halm. Leipsic, 1876.

Velten, C., _Schilderungen der Suaheli_. Göttingen, 1901. _Sitten und Gebräuche der Suaheli._ Göttingen, 1903.

Venketswami, M. N., “Superstitions among Hindus in the Central Provinces,” in _The Indian Antiquary_, xxviii. (1899). “Telugu Superstitions,” in _The Indian Antiquary_, xxiv. (1895).

_Verhandelingen der Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen._

_Verhandelingen van het Bataviaasch Genootschap van Kunsten en Wetenschappen._

_Verhandlungen der Berliner Gesellschaft für Anthropologie, Ethnologie und Urgeschichte._

_Verhandlungen der Gelehrten Estnischen Gesellschaft zu Dorpat._ Dorpat, 1872.

_Verhandlungen der vierzigsten Versammlung deutscher Philologen und Schulmänner in Görlitz._

Vernaleken, Theodor, _Mythen und Bräuche des Volkes in Österreich_. Vienna, 1859.

_Veröffentlichungen aus dem Königlichen Museum für Völkerkunde._ Berlin.

Verrall, A. W., “The Name Anthesteria,” in _Journal of Hellenic Studies_, xx. (1900).

Verrall, Mrs., and Harrison, Miss J. E., _Mythology and Monuments of Ancient Athens_. London, 1890.

_Verslagen en Mededeelingen der Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen._ Amsterdam.

_Verzameling van Berigten betreffende de Bijbelverspreiding._

Veth, P. J., _Borneo’s Wester-Afdeeling_. Zaltbommel, 1854-1856. “De Leer der Signatuur, iii. De Mistel en de Riembloem,” in _Internationales Archiv für Ethnographie_, vii. (1894). “De Mandragora,” in _Internationales Archiv für Ethnographie_, vii. (1894). _Het eiland Timor._ Amsterdam, 1855. _Java._ Haarlem, 1875-84.

Vetter, [K.?], “Aberglaube unter dem Jabim-Stamme in Kaiser-Wilhelmsland,” in _Mitteilungen der Geographischen Gesellschaft zu Jena_, xii. (1893).

Vetter, J. [K.?], in _Mitteilungen der Geographischen Gesellschaft zu Jena_, xi. (1892).

Vetter, K., cited by M. Krieger, _Neu-Guinea_. Berlin, preface dated 1899. in _Nachrichten über Kaiser-Wilhelmsland und den Bismarck-Archipel, 1897_. Berlin. _Komm herüber und hilf uns! oder die Arbeit der Neuen-Dettelsauer Mission._ Barmen, 1898.

_Vetustius Occidentalis Ecclesiae Martyrologium._ Ed. Franciscus Maria Florentinus. Lucca, 1667.

Vial, P., “Les Gni ou Gnipa, tribu Lolote du Yun-Nan,” in _Les Missions Catholiques_, xxv. (1893).

_Victoria History of the County of Nottingham._ Edited by William Page. London, 1906.

Viehe, Rev. G., “Some Customs of the Ovaherero,” in (_South African_) _Folk-lore Journal_, i. Cape Town, 1879.

Vigfusson, Gudbrand, and Powell, F. York, _Corpus Poeticum Boreale_. Oxford, 1883.

_Vikramânkadevacharita, The._ Edited by G. Bühler. Bombay, 1875.

* Villagomez, Pedro de, _Carta pastorale de exortacion e instruccion contra las idolatrias de los Indios del arçobispado de Lima_. Lima, 1649. (Quoted by W. Mannhardt, _Mythologische Forschungen_.)

Villault, Le Sieur, _Relation des costes appellées Guinée_. Paris, 1669.

Vincendon-Dumoulin et Desgraz, C., _Îles Marquises ou Nouka-Hiva_. Paris, 1843.

Vinson, J., _Le folk-lore du pays Basque_. Paris, 1883.

Violette, L. Th., in _Les Missions Catholiques_, iii. (1870).

Virgil. Ed. J. Conington. London, 1863-1871. _Aeneid._ _Bucolica_ (_Eclogues_). _Georgics._

_Vitarum Scriptores Graeci._ Ed. A. Westermann. Brunswick, 1845.

Vitruvius, _De architectura_. Ed. V. Rose and H. Müller-Strübing. Leipsic, 1867.

* Vizyenos, G. M., in Θρακικὴ Ἐπετηρίς. Published at Athens in 1897.

Voeltzkow, A., “Vom Morondava zum Mangoky, Reiseskizzen aus West-Madagascar,” in _Zeitschrift der Gesellschaft für Erdkunde zu Berlin_, xxxi. (1896).

Vogt, F., “Scheibentreiben und Frühlingsfeuer,” in _Zeitschrift des Vereins für Volkskunde_, iii. (1893), iv. (1894).

Voigt and Thraemer, _s.v._ “Dionysus,” in W. H. Roscher’s _Lexikon der griechischen und römischen Mythologie_, i.

Vollers, K., “Calendar (Muslim),” in Dr. James Hastings’s _Encyclopaedia of Religion and Ethics_, iii. Edinburgh, 1910.

Voltaire, _Essai sur les Mœurs_. (_Œuvres complètes de Voltaire_, vols. xi.-xiii. Paris, 1878.)

Vonbun, Dr. F. J., _Beiträge zur deutschen Mythologie gesammelt in Churrhaetien_. Chur, 1862.

Vonbun, J., _Volkssagen aus Vorarlberg_. Innsbruck, 1850.

Vopiscus, Flavius, in _Scriptores Historiae Augustae_, ed. H. Peter, vol. ii. _Aurelianus._ _Numerianus._

Vorderman, A. G., “Planten-animisme op Java,” in _Teysmannia_, No. 2, 1896.

Vormann, Franz, “Tänze und Tanzfestlichkeiten der Monumbo-Papua (Deutsch Neuguinea),” in _Anthropos_, vi. (1911). “Zur Psychologie, Religion, Soziologie und Geschichte der Monumbo-Papua, Deutsch-Neuguinea,” in _Anthropos_, v. (1910).

Vosmaer, J. N., _Korte beschrijving van het Zuid-oostelijk Schiereiland van Celebes_. Batavia, 1835.

_Voyages au Nord._ _See_ _s.v._ Recueil de Voyages.

Vries, J. H. de, “Reis door enige eilandgroepen der Residentie Amboina,” in _Tijdschrift van het Koninklijke Nederlandsch Aardrijkskundig Genootschap_, Tweede Serie, xvii. (1900).

Vuillier, G., “Chez les magiciens et les sorciers de la Corrèze,” in _Tour du Monde_, N.S., v. (1899). “La Sicile, impressions du présent et du passé,” in _Tour du Monde_, lxvii. (1894).

Wachsmuth, C., _Das alte Griechenland im neuem_. Bonn, 1864.

Waddell, A. L., “Frog-Worship among the Newars,” in _The Indian Antiquary_, xxii. (1893).

Waddell, L. Austine, _Among the Himalayas_. Westminster, 1899. “Demonolatry in Sikhim Lamaism,” in _The Indian Antiquary_, xxiii. (1894). _Lhasa and its Mysteries._ London, 1905. _The Buddhism of Tibet._ London, 1895. “The Tribes of the Brahmaputra Valley,” in _Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal_, lxix., Part iii. Calcutta, 1901.

Wagler, P., _Die Eiche in alter und neuer Zeit_. In Two Parts. Würzen, N.D., and Berlin, 1891.

Wagner, _s.v._ “Nana,” in W. H. Roscher’s _Lexikon der griechischen und römischen Mythologie_.

Wahlenberg, G., _Flora Suecica_. Upsala, 1824-1826.

_Waifs and Strays of Celtic Tradition._

Waitz, Theodor, _Anthropologie der Naturvölker_. Leipsic, 1860-1877.

Waldau, A., _Böhmisches Märchenbuch_. Prague, 1860.

Waldfreund, J. E., “Volksgebräuche und Aberglaube in Tirol und dem Salzburger Gebirg,” in _Zeitschrift für deutsche Mythologie und Sittenkunde_, iii. (1855).

Waldron, G., _Description of the Isle of Man_. Reprinted for the Manx Society, Douglas, 1865.

Walen, A., “The Sakalava,” in _Antananarivo Annual and Madagascar Magazine_, vol. ii., Reprint of the Second Four Numbers. Antananarivo, 1896.

Walhouse, M. J., “Passing through the Fire,” in _Indian Antiquary_, vii. (1878).

Wallace, A. R., _Narrative of Travels on the Amazon and Rio Negro_, Minerva Library Edition. London, 1889. _The Malay Archipelago._ Sixth Edition. London, 1877.

Wallace, Sir D. Mackenzie, _Russia_. London, Paris, and New York, N.D.

Wallis, G. H., _Illustrated Catalogue of Classical Antiquities from the Site of the Temple of Diana, Nemi, Italy_. Preface dated 1893.

Walpole, R., _Memoirs relating to European and Asiatic Turkey_. London, 1817.

Walter-Tornow, W., _De apium mellisque apud veteres significatione_. Berlin, 1894.

Walton, Izaak, _Compleat Angler_.

Ward, Herbert, “Ethnographical Notes relating to the Congo Tribes,” in _Journal of the Anthropological Institute_, xxiv. (1895). _Five Years with the Congo Cannibals._ London, 1890.

Ward, the late Professor H. Marshall, of Cambridge. Private communications (ii. 252, 315 _n._ 1).

Warner, Mr., “Notes” in Colonel Maclean’s _Compendium of Kaffir Laws and Customs_. Cape Town, 1866.

Warren, W. W., “History of the Ojibways,” in _Collections of the Minnesota Historical Society_, vol. v. Saint Paul, Minnesota, 1885.

* Warton, _History of English Poetry_, referred to by R. Chambers, _The Book of Days_. London and Edinburgh, 1886.

Wasiljev, J., _Übersicht über die heidnischen Gebräuche, Aberglauben und Religion der Wotjäken_. Helsingfors, 1902. (_Mémoires de la Société Finno-Ougrienne_, xviii.)

Watson, Miss A., quoted by A. C. Haddon, “A Batch of Irish Folk-lore,” in _Folk-lore_, iv. (1893).

Watt, G., _Dictionary of the Economic Products of India_. London and Calcutta, 1893. “The Aboriginal Tribes of Manipur,” in _Journal of the Anthropological Institute_, xvi. (1887).

Watters, T., “Some Corean Customs and Notions,” in _Folk-lore_, vi. (1895).

Webb, F. N., in _Folk-lore_, xvi. (1905).

Webster, Hutton, _Rest Days, a Sociological Study_ (_University Studies_, Lincoln, Nebraska, vol. xi. Nos. 1-2, January-April 1911).

Webster, W., _Basque Legends_. London, 1877.

Weddell, H. A., _Voyage dans le Nord de la Bolivie et dans les parties voisines du Pérou_. Paris and London, 1853.

_Weekly Scotsman, The._

Weeks, Rev. John H., _Among Congo Cannibals_. London, 1913. “Anthropological Notes on the Bangala of the Upper Congo River,” in _Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute_, xxxix. (1909), xl. (1910). “Notes on some Customs of the Lower Congo People,” in _Folk-lore_, xix. (1908), xx. (1909).

Weil, H., in _Revue des Études grecques_, x. (1897).

Weinel, H., “משח und seine Derivate,” in _Zeitschrift für die alttestamentliche Wissenschaft_, xviii. (1898).

Weinhold, Karl, _Deutsche Frauen_. Second Edition. Vienna, 1882. “Die mystische Neunzahl bei den Deutschen,” in _Abhandlungen der Königlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin_, 1897. _Weinacht-Spiele und Lieder aus Süddeutschland und Schlesien._ Vienna, 1875.

Weir, T. S., “Note on Sacrifices in India as a Means of averting Epidemics,” in _Journal of the Anthropological Society of Bombay_, i.

Weiss, M., _Die Völkerstämme im Norden Deutsch-Ostafrikas_. Berlin, 1910.

Weissenberg, Dr. S., “Die Karäer der Krim,” in _Globus_, lxxxiv. (1903). “Kinderfreud und -leid bei den südrussischen Juden,” in _Globus_, lxxxiii. (1903). “Krankheit und Tod bei den südrussischen Juden,” in _Globus_, xci. (1907).

Welcker, F. G., _Alte Denkmäler_. Göttingen, 1849-1864. _Griechische Götterlehre._ Göttingen, 1857-1862.

Wellhausen, J., _Prolegomena zur Geschichte Israels_. Third Edition. Berlin, 1886. _Reste arabischen Heidentums._ First Edition. Berlin, 1887. Second Edition. Berlin, 1897. “Zwei Rechtsriten bei den Hebräern,” in _Archiv für Religionswissenschaft_, vii. (1904).

Welsh, Miss, formerly Principal of Girton College, Cambridge. Private communication (vii. 155 _n._ 1).

Wendland, P., “Jesus als Saturnalien-König,” in _Hermes_, xxxiii. (1898).

Wendland, P., und Kern, O., _Beiträge zur Geschichte der griechischen Philosophie und Religion_. Berlin, 1895.

* Werenfels, _Dissertation upon Superstition_. London, 1748. (Quoted by J. Brand in _Popular Antiquities of Great Britain_. London, 1882-1883.)

Werner, Alice, in _Contemporary Review_, lxx. (July-December 1896). in letter to the Author (xi. 314 _n._ 1). “The Custom of _Hlonipa_ in its Influence on Language,” in _Journal of the African Society_, No. 15 (April 1905). _The Natives of British Central Africa._ London, 1906. “Two Galla Legends,” in _Man_, xiii. (1913).

Werner, Dr. E., “Im westlichen Finsterregebirge und an der Nordküste von Deutsch-Neuguinea,” in _Petermanns Mitteilungen_, lv. (1909).

Wernicke, K., _s.v._ “Artemis,” in Pauly-Wissowa’s _Real-Encyclopädie der classischen Altertumswissenschaft_, ii. in W. H. Roscher’s _Lexikon der griechischen und römischen Mythologie_, iii.

Westenberg, C. J., “Aanteekeningen omtrent de godsdienstige begrippen der Karo-Bataks,” in _Bijdragen tot de Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch-Indië_, xli. (1892).

Westermann, Diedrich, _The Shilluk People, their Language and Folk-lore_. Berlin, preface dated 1912.

Westermarck, Dr. Edward, _Ceremonies and Beliefs connected with Agriculture, certain Dates of the Solar Year, and the Weather in Morocco_. Helsingfors, 1913. “Midsummer Customs in Morocco,” in _Folk-lore_, xvi. (1905). “The Killing of the Divine King,” in _Man_, viii. (1908). _The Origin and Development of the Moral Ideas._ London, 1906-1908. “The Popular Ritual of the Great Feast in Morocco,” in _Folk-lore_, xxii. (1911).

Weston, Jessie L., “The _Scoppio del Carro_ at Florence,” in _Folk-lore_, xvi. (1905).

Weston, W., in _Journal of the Anthropological Institute_, xxvi. (1897). in _The Geographical Journal_, vii. (1896). _Mountaineering and Exploration in the Japanese Alps._ London, 1896.

Wheeler, G. C., “Sketch of the Totemism and Religion of the People of the Islands in the Bougainville Straits (Western Solomon Islands),” in _Archiv für Religionswissenschaft_, xv. (1912).

Wherry, Beatrix A., “Miscellaneous Notes from Monmouthshire,” in _Folk-lore_, xvi. (1905).

Whetham, W. C. D., “The Evolution of Matter,” in _Darwin and Modern Science_. Cambridge, 1909.

White, Rev. George E., in letter to the Author (v. 170 _n._ 2). _Present Day Sacrifices in Asia Minor._ Reprinted from _The Hartford Seminary Record_, February 1906. _Survivals of Primitive Religion among the People of Asia Minor._ Paper read before the Victoria Institute or Philosophical Society of Great Britain, 6 Adelphi Terrace, Strand, London.

White, Gilbert, _The Natural History and Antiquities of Selborne_. Edinburgh, 1829.

White, Rachel Evelyn (Mrs. Wedd), “Women in Ptolemaic Egypt,” in _Journal of Hellenic Studies_, xviii. (1898).

Whitehead, Rev. G., “Notes on the Chins of Burma,” in _Indian Antiquary_, xxxvi. (1907).

Whitehouse, O. C., Introduction to Isaiah, in _The Century Bible_.

Whiteway, R. S. Private communication (iv. 51 _n._ 2).

Whymper, F., in _Journal of the Royal Geographical Society_, xxxviii. (1868). “The Natives of the Youkon River,” in _Transactions of the Ethnological Society of London_, N.S., vii. (1869).

Wickremasinghe, in _Am Urquell_, v. (1894).

Wide, S., _De sacris Troezeniorum, Hermionensium, Epidauriorum_. Upsala, 1898. _Lakonische Kulte._ Leipsic, 1893.

Widenmann, A., _Die Kilimandscharo-Bevölkerung_. Gotha, 1899. (_Petermanns Mittheilungen_, Ergänzungsheft, No. 129.)

Widukind, _Res gestae Saxonicae_, i., in Migne’s _Patrologia Latina_, cxxxvii.

Wiedemann, Professor Alfred, _Ägyptische Geschichte_. Gotha, 1884. _Altägyptische Sagen und Märchen._ Leipsic, 1906. _Die Religion der alten Ägypter._ Münster i. W., 1890. “Ein altägyptischer Weltschöpfungsmythus,” in _Am Urquell_, N.F., ii. (1898). _Herodots zweites Buch._ Leipsic, 1890. “L’Osiris végétant,” in _Le Muséon_, N.S., iv. (1903). “Menschenvergötterung im alten Ägypten,” in _Am Urquell_, N.F., i. (1897). _Religion of the Ancient Egyptians._ London, 1897. _The Ancient Egyptian Doctrine of the Immortality of the Soul._ London, 1895.

Wiedemann, F. J., _Aus dem inneren und äusseren Leben der Ehsten_. St. Petersburg, 1876.

Wiener, Ch., _Pérou et Bolivie_. Paris, 1880.

_Wiener Studien._

_Wiener Zeitschrift für die Kunde des Morgenlandes._

Wiese, C., “Beiträge zur Geschichte der Zulu im Norden des Zambesi, namentlich der Angoni,” in _Zeitschrift für Ethnologie_, xxxii. (1900).

Wieseler, Fr., in _Philologus_, ix. (1854).

Wilamowitz-Moellendorff, Prof. U. von, _Aristoteles und Athen_. Berlin, 1893.

Wilcken, U., “Arsinoitische Steuerprofessionen aus dem Jahre 189 n. Chr.,” in _Sitzungsberichte der Königlichen Preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin_ (1883).

Wilde, Lady, _Ancient Cures, Charms, and Usages of Ireland_. London, 1890. _Ancient Legends, Mystic Charms, and Superstitions of Ireland._ London, 1887.

Wildeboer, D. G., Commentary on Esther, in _Kurzer Hand-Commentar zum alten Testament_, Lieferung 6. Herausgegeben von D. K. Marti. Freiburg, i. B., 1898.

Wilford, Captain F., “An Essay on the Sacred Isles in the West,” in _Asiatic Researches_, ix. London, 1809. “Vicramaditya and Salivahana,” in _Asiatic Researches_, ix. London, 1809.

Wilken, G. A., “Bijdrage tot de Kennis der Alfoeren van het eiland Boeroe,” in _Verhandelingen van het Bataviaasch Genootschap van Kunsten en Wetenschappen_, xxxviii. Batavia, 1875. “De betrekking tusschen menschen- dieren- en plantenleven naar het volksgeloof,” in _De Indische Gids_. November, 1884. “De Simsonsage,” in _De Gids_, 1888, No. 5. Separate reprint. _De verspreide Geschriften van Prof. Dr. G. A. Wilken_, Verzameld door Mr. F. D. E. van Ossenbruggen. The Hague, 1912. _Handleiding voor de vergelijkende Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch-Indië._ Leyden, 1893. “Het animisme bij de volken van den Indischen Archipel,” in _De Indische Gids_, June 1884. _Het animisme bij de volken van den Indischen Archipel._ Tweede Stuk. Leyden, 1885. “Het animisme bij de volken van den Indischen Archipel,” in _Verspreide Geschriften_. The Hague, 1912. “Het Shamanisme bij de Volken van de Indischen Archipel,” in _Bijdragen tot de Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch-Indië_, xxxvi. (1887). “Iets over de Papoewas van de Geelvinksbaai.” Separate reprint from _Bijdragen tot de Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch-Indië_, 5e Volgreeks ii. “Iets over de schedelvereering,” in _Bijdragen tot de Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch-Indië_, xxxviii. (1889). * “Over de primitieve vormen van het huwelijk,” in _Indische Gids_, 1880, etc. _Über das Haaropfer und einige andere Trauergebräuche bei den Völkern Indonesiens._ Reprinted from the _Revue Coloniale Internationale_. Amsterdam, 1886-1887.

Wilken, N. P., en Schwarz, J. A., “Allerlei over het land en volk van Bolaäng Mongondou,” in _Mededeelingen van wege het Nederlandsche Zendelinggenootschap_, xi. (1867). “Het heidendom en de Islam in Bolaäng Mongondou,” in _Mededeelingen van wege het Nederlandsche Zendelinggenootschap_, xi. (1867).

Wilken, P. N., “Bijdragen tot de kennis van de zeden en gewoonten der Alfoeren in de Minahassa,” in _Mededeelingen van wege het Nederlandsche Zendelinggenootschap_, vii. (1863). “De godsdienst en godsdientsplegtigheden der Alfoeren in de Menahassa op het eiland Celebes,” _Tijdschrift voor Neêrlands Indië_ (December 1849). Reprinted in N. Graafland’s _De Minahassa_. Rotterdam, 1869. German translation in _Zeitschrift für allgemeine Erdkunde_, N.F., x. (1861).

Wilkes, Ch., _Narrative of the United States Exploring Expedition_. London, 1845. New Edition. New York, 1851.

Wilkinson, Sir J. Gardiner, _Manners and Customs of the Ancient Egyptians_, Edited by S. Birch. London, 1878. _A Second Series of the Manners and Customs of the Ancient Egyptians._, London, 1841.

Wilkinson, R. J., _Malay Beliefs_. London and Leyden, 1906.

Willcock, Rev. Dr. J., of Lerwick, in letter to Sheriff-Substitute David J. Mackenzie (ix. 169 _n._ 2).

Willems, A., _Notes sur la Paix d’Aristophane_. Brussels, 1899.

Willer, “Verzameling der Battasche Wetten en Instellingen in Mandheling en Pertibie,” in _Tijdschrift voor Neêrlands Indië_ (1846).

Williams, John, _Narrative of Missionary Enterprises in the South Sea Islands_. London, 1838.

Williams, Meta E., “Hittite Archives from Boghaz-Keui.” Translated from the German transcripts of Dr. Winckler. (_Annals of Archaeology and Anthropology_, iv. Liverpool and London, 1912.)

Williams, Monier, _Buddhism_. Second Edition. London, 1890. _Religious Thought and Life in India._ London, 1883.

Williams, S. W., _The Middle Kingdom_. New York and London, 1848.

Williams, Thomas, _Fiji and the Fijians_. Second Edition. London, 1860.

Willibald, _Life of S. Boniface_, in Pertz’s _Monumenta Germaniae Historica_, ii.

Willoughby, Rev. W. C., “Notes on the Totemism of the Becwana,” in _Journal of the Anthropological Institute_, xxxv. (1905).

Wilmanns, G., _Exempla Inscriptionum Latinarum_. Berlin, 1873.

Wilson, Captain, “Report on the Indian Tribes,” in _Transactions of the Ethnological Society of London_, N. S., iv. (1866).

Wilson, Sir Charles, _Picturesque Palestine_. London, N.D.

Wilson, Rev. C. T., _Peasant Life in the Holy Land_. London, 1906.

Wilson, C. T., and Felkin, R. W., _Uganda and the Egyptian Sudan_. London, 1882.

Wilson, Daniel, _The Archaeology and Prehistoric Annals of Scotland_. Edinburgh, 1851.

Wilson, Colonel Henry, in letter to the Author (vii. 226 _n._ 6).

Wilson, H. H., “The Religious Festivals of the Hindus,” in _Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society_, ix. (1848).

Wilson, Captain James, _Missionary Voyage to the Southern Pacific Ocean_. London, 1799.

Wilson, Rev. J. Leighton, _Western Africa_. London, 1856.

Winckler, H., _Altorientalische Forschungen_. Zweite Reihe. Leipsic, 1900. Dritte Reihe. Leipsic, 1901. _Die Gesetze Hammurabi._ Second Edition. Leipsic, 1903. _Die Thontafeln von Tell-el-Amarna._ Berlin, 1889-1890. _Geschichte Babyloniens und Assyriens._ Leipsic, 1902. _Geschichte Israels._ Leipsic, 1895-1900. in E. Schrader’s _Die Keilinschriften und das Alte Testament_. Third Edition. Berlin, 1902. “Vorläufige Nachrichten über die Ausgrabungen in Boghaz-Köi im Sommer 1907, 1. Die Tontafelfunde,” in _Mitteilungen der Deutschen Orient-Gesellschaft zu Berlin_, No. 35, December 1907.

Windt, H. de, _Through the Gold-fields of Alaska to Bering Straits_. London, 1898.

Winer, G. B., _Biblisches Realwörterbuch_. Second Edition. Leipsic, 1833-1838.

Winter, A. C., “Russische Volksbräuche bei Seuchen,” in _Globus_, lxxix. (1901).

Winter, C. F., “Instellingen, gewoonten en gebruiken der Javanen te Soerakarta,” in _Tijdschrift voor Neêrlands Indië_, Vijfde Jaargang, Eerste Deel (1843).

Winter, J. W., “Beknopte Beschrijving van het hof Soerokarta in 1824,” in _Bijdragen tot de Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch-Indië_, liv. (1902).

Winterbottom, Thomas, _An Account of the Native Africans in the Neighbourhood of Sierra Leone_. London, 1803.

Winternitz, M., “Das altindische Hochzeitsrituell,” in _Denkschriften der kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften in Wien_, xl. Vienna, 1892. “Der Sarpabali, ein altindischer Schlangencult,” in _Mittheilungen der Anthropologischen Gesellschaft in Wien_, xviii. (1888).

* _Wisla_, vol. iv.

_Wissenschaftliche Mittheilungen aus Bosnien und der Hercegovina._ Redigiert von Moriz Hoernes. Vienna, 1895.

_Wissenschaftliche Veröffentlichungen der Deutschen Orient-Gesellschaft._

Wissmann, H. von, _My Second Journey through Equatorial Africa, from the Congo to the Zambesi_. London, 1891.

Wissowa, Professor G., _s.v._ “Cincius,” in Pauly-Wissowa’s _Real-encyclopädie der classischen Altertumswissenschaft_, iii. _De feriis anni Romanorum vetustissimi observationes selectae._ Reprinted in his _Gesammelte Abhandlungen zur römischen Religions- und Stadtgeschichte_. Munich, 1904. _s.vv._ “Egeria,” “Mater Matuta,” and “Pales,” in W. H. Roscher’s _Ausführliches Lexikon der griechischen und römischen Mythologie_. _Gesammelte Abhandlungen zur römischen Religions- und Stadtgeschichte._ Munich, 1904. _Religion und Kultus der Römer._ Munich, 1902. Second Edition. Munich, 1912.

Wit, Miss Augusta de, _Facts and Fancies about Java_. Singapore, 1898.

“Witch-burning at Clonmell,” in _Folk-lore_, vi. (1895).

Witte, Anton, “Menstruation und Pubertätsfeier der Mädchen in Kpandugebiet Togo,” in _Baessler-Archiv_, i. (1911).

Witzschel, August, _Sagen, Sitten und Gebräuche aus Thüringen_. Vienna, 1878.

Wlislocki, H. von, _Sitten und Brauch der Siebenbürger Sachsen_. Hamburg, 1888. _Volksglaube und religiöser Brauch der Magyar._ Münster i. W., 1893. _Volksglaube und religiöser Brauch der Zigeuner._ Münster i. W., 1891. _Volksglaube und Volksbrauch der Siebenbürger Sachsen._ Berlin, 1893.

Woeste, J., in _Zeitschrift für deutsche Mythologie und Sittenkunde_, ii. (1855).

Woeste, J. F. L., _Volksüberlieferungen in der Grafschaft Mark_. Iserlohn, 1848.

Woldt, A., _Captain Jacobsen’s Reise an der Nordwestküste Americas, 1881-1883_. Leipsic, 1884. “Die Kultus-Gegenstände der Golden und Giljaken,” in _Internationales Archiv für Ethnographie_, i. (1888).

Wolf, J. W., _Beiträge zur deutschen Mythologie_. Göttingen and Leipsic, 1852-1857. _Deutsche Hausmärchen._ Göttingen and Leipsic, 1851. _Deutsche Märchen und Sagen._ Leipsic, 1845. _Niederländische Sagen._ Leipsic, 1843.

Wood, J. G., _Natural History of Man_. London, 1874-1880.

Wood, J. T., _Discoveries at Ephesus_. London, 1877. _Inscriptions from the Augusteum._ _Inscriptions from the City and Suburbs._ _Inscriptions from the Great Theatre._ _Inscriptions from the Temple of Diana._

Wood, W. Martin, “The Hairy Men of Yesso,” in _Transactions of the Ethnological Society of London_, N.S., iv. (1866).

Woodford, C. M., _A Naturalist among the Head-hunters, being an Account of Three Visits to the Solomon Islands_. London, 1890.

Woods, J. D. _See_ _s.v._ Native Tribes of South Australia.

Woodthorpe, Colonel R. G., “Some Account of the Shans and Hill Tribes of the States on the Mekong,” in _Journal of the Anthropological Institute_, xxvi. (1897).

“Words about Spirits,” in (_South African_) _Folk-lore Journal_, ii. (1880).

Wordsworth, J., _Fragments and Specimens of Early Latin_. Oxford, 1874.

Wordsworth, W., _Ode on Intimations of Immortality_.

_World’s Work and Play, The._

Worrall, Rev. H., in report of a lecture delivered in Melbourne, December 9, 1898.

Worth, R. N., _History of Devonshire_. Second Edition. London, 1886.

Wrangell, De, _Le Nord de la Sibérie_. Paris, 1843.

Wratislaw, A. H., _Sixty Folk-tales from exclusively Slavonic Sources_. London, 1889.

Wright, Elizabeth Mary, _Rustic Speech and Folk-lore_. Oxford, 1913.

Wright, Joseph, _The English Dialect Dictionary_. London, 1898-1905.

Wright, Th., _Early Travels in Palestine_. London, 1848.

Wright, W., _The Empire of the Hittites_. Second Edition. London, 1886.

Wunenberger, Ch., “La Mission et le royaume de Humbé, sur les bords du Cunène,” in _Les Missions Catholiques_, xx. (1888).

Wünsch, R., _Das Frühlingsfest der Insel Malta_. Leipsic, 1902. “Eine antike Rachepuppe,” in _Philologus_, lxi. (1902).

Wüstenfeld, F., _Macrizi’s Geschichte der Copten_. Göttingen, 1845.

Wuttke, A., _Der deutsche Volksaberglaube_. Second Edition. Berlin, 1869.

Wuttke, R., _Sächsische Volkskunde_. Second Edition. Dresden, 1901.

Wyatt, W., in _Native Tribes of South Australia_.

Wyse, Miss A. Private communication (ii. 88 _n._ 1).

Wyse, William. Private communications (i. 101 _n._ 2, 105 _n._ 5, ii. 356 _n._ 3, iv. 144, vi. 35 _n._ 1, 51 _n._ 1).

Wyttenbach, Daniel, _Animadversiones in Plutarchi Scripta Moralia_. Leipsic, 1820-1834.

Xanthus, in _Fragmenta Historicorum Graecorum_, ed. C. Müller, vol. i.

Xenophanes, in _Die Fragmente der Vorsokratiker_, ed. H. Diels, vol. i. quoted by Clement of Alexandria, _Stromateis_. quoted by Eusebius, _Praeparatio Evangelii_, xiii.

Xenophon. Ed. L. Dindorf. Leipsic, 1870-1871. _Anabasis._ _Cynegeticus._ _Cyropaedia._ _Hellenica (Historia Graeca)._ _Oeconomicus._ _Respublica Lacedaemoniorum_, in _Xenophontis opuscula politica, equestria, et venatica_, ex recensione et cum annotationibus L. Dindorfii. Oxford, 1866.

Xeres, Fr., _Relation véridique de la conquête du Pérou et de la Province de Cuzco nommée Nouvelle-Castille_, in H. Ternaux-Compans’s _Voyages, relations et mémoires, etc._ Paris, 1837.

Yarborough, Rev. J. J. C. Private communication (viii. 51 _n._ 5).

Yate, W., _An Account of New Zealand_. London, 1835.

“Ynglinga Saga,” in _The Heimskringla or Chronicle of the Kings of Norway_. Translated from the Icelandic of Snorri Sturluson by S. Laing. London, 1844.

Yoe, Shway, _The Burman, his Life and Notions_. London, 1882.

Young, Arthur, “Tour in Ireland,” in J. Pinkerton’s _Voyages and Travels_, iii.

Young, Ernest, _The Kingdom of the Yellow Robe_. Westminster, 1898.

* Young, George, _A History of Whitby and Streoneshalth Abbey_ (Whitby, 1817), quoted in _County Folk-lore_, vol. ii., _North Riding of Yorkshire, York, and the Ainsty_. London, 1901.

Young, Hugh W., F.S.A. Scot., _Notes on the Ramparts of Burghead as revealed by recent Excavations_. Edinburgh, 1892. _Notes on further Excavations at Burghead._ Edinburgh, 1893.

Younghusband, (Sir) F. E., “A Journey across Central Asia,” in _Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society_, x. (1888).

_Yukon Territory, The._ London, 1898.

Yule, Colonel H., in _Journal of the Anthropological Institute_, ix. (1880).

Yuzbashi, “Tribes on the Upper Nile,” in _Journal of the African Society_, No. 14 (January 1905).

Zahler, H., _Die Krankheit im Volksglauben des Simmenthals_. Bern, 1898.

Zahn, H., “Die Jabim,” in R. Neuhauss’s _Deutsch Neu-Guinea_, iii. Berlin, 1911.

Zamachschar, cited by Graf zu Solms-Laubach, in _Abhandlungen der Königlichen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu Göttingen_, xxviii. (1882).

Zanetti, Z., _La Medicina delle nostre donne_. Città di Castello, 1892.

Zechariah, The Book of the Prophet.

_Zeitschrift der Deutschen Morgenländischen Gesellschaft._

_Zeitschrift des Deutschen Palaestina-Vereins._

_Zeitschrift der Gesellschaft für Erdkunde zu Berlin._

_Zeitschrift der Savigny-Stiftung für Rechtsgeschichte._

_Zeitschrift des Vereins für Volkskunde._

_Zeitschrift für ägyptische Sprache und Altertumskunde._

_Zeitschrift für afrikanischen und oceanischen Sprachen._

_Zeitschrift für allgemeine Erdkunde._

_Zeitschrift für Assyriologie._

_Zeitschrift für deutsches Alterthum._

_Zeitschrift für deutsche Mythologie und Sittenkunde._

_Zeitschrift für die alttestamentliche Wissenschaft._

_Zeitschrift für die historische Theologie._

_Zeitschrift für die neutestamentliche Wissenschaft._

_Zeitschrift für Ethnologie._

* _Zeitschrift für Missionskunde und Religionswissenschaft_, xv. (1900), referred to by A. Dieterich in _Archiv für Religionswissenschaft_, viii. (1904).

_Zeitschrift für Numismatik._

_Zeitschrift für vergleichende Rechtswissenschaft._

_Zeitschrift für Volkskunde._

Zeller, E., _Die Philosophie der Griechen_. Third and Fourth Editions. Leipsic, 1875-1881.

_Zend-Avesta._ Translated by James Darmesteter and L. H. Mills. Oxford, 1880-1887. (_Sacred Books of the East_, vols. iv., xxiii., and xxxi.)

Zenobius. _Proverbia_, in _Paroemiographi Graeci_, vol. i., ed. E. L. Leutsch et F. G. Schneidewin. Göttingen, 1839-1851.

* Zeumer, J. K., _Laetare vulgo Todten Sonntag_ (Jena, 1701), quoted by Fr. Kauffmann, in _Balder_ (Strasburg, 1902).

Ziebarth, E., “Der Fluch im griechischen Recht,” in _Hermes_, xxx. (1895).

Zimmer, H., _Altindisches Leben_. Berlin, 1879. “Das Mutterrecht der Pikten,” in _Zeitschrift der Savigny-Stiftung für Rechtsgeschichte_, xv. (1894), Romanistische Abtheilung.

Zimmermann, W. F. A., _Die Inseln des Indischen und Stillen Meeres_. Berlin, 1864-1865.

Zimmern, H., _s.v._ “Creation,” in _Encyclopaedia Biblica_, i. “Der babylonische Gott Tamūz,” in _Abhandlungen der philologisch-historischen Klasse der Königlichen Sächsischen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften_, xxvii. No. xx. Leipsic, 1909. in E. Schrader’s _Die Keilinschriften und das Alte Testament_. Third Edition. Berlin, 1902. “Sumerisch-babylonische Tamūzlieder,” in _Berichte über die Verhandlungen der Königlich Sächsischen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu Leipzig, philologisch-historische Klasse_, lix. (1907). “Zum Babylonischen Neujahrsfest,” in _Berichte über die Verhandlungen der Königlich Sächsischen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu Leipzig, philologisch-historische Klasse_, lviii. (1906). “Zur Frage nach dem Ursprunge des Purimfestes,” in _Zeitschrift für die alttestamentliche Wissenschaft_, xi. (1891).

Zimmern, Helen, _The Epic of Kings, Stories retold from Firdusi_. London, 1883.

* Zincke, F. Barham, _Some Materials for the History of Wherstead_. Ipswich, 1887. (Quoted in _County Folk-lore, Printed Extracts, No. 2, Suffolk_. Collected and edited by Lady Eveline Camilla Gurdon. London, 1893.)

Zingerle, Ignaz V., “Der heilige Baum bei Nauders,” in _Zeitschrift für deutsche Mythologie und Sittenkunde_, iv. Göttingen, 1859. _Kinder- und Hausmärchen aus Tirol._ Second Edition. Gera, 1870. “Perahta in Tirol,” in _Zeitschrift für deutsche Mythologie und Sittenkunde_, iii. Göttingen, 1855. _Sitten, Bräuche und Meinungen des Tiroler Volkes._ Second Edition. Innsbruck, 1871. “Wald, Bäume, Kräuter,” in _Zeitschrift für deutsche Mythologie und Sittenkunde_, i. Göttingen, 1853.

Zippel, G., “Das Taurobolium,” in _Festschrift zum fünfzigjährigen Doctor-jubiläum L. Friedlaender dargebracht von seinen Schülern_. Leipsic, 1895.

Zonaras, _Annales_. Ed. M. Pinder. Bonn, 1841-1844.

Zondervan, H., “Timor en de Timoreezen,” in _Tijdschrift van het Nederlandsch Aardrijkskundig Genootschap_, Tweede Serie, v. 1888.

Zosimus, _Historia_. Ed. Im. Bekker. Bonn, 1837.

Zündel, G., “Land und Volk der Eweer auf der Sclavenküste in West-afrika,” in _Zeitschrift der Gesellschaft für Erdkunde zu Berlin_, xii. (1877).

Zurita, Alonzo de, “Rapport sur les differentes classes de chefs de la Nouvelle-Espagne,” in H. Ternaux-Compans’s _Voyages, Relations et Mémoires originaux, pour servir à l’Histoire de la Découverte de l’Amérique_. Paris, 1840.

Zweifel et Moustier, “Voyage aux sources du Niger,” in _Bulletin de la Société de Géographie_ (Paris), 6ème Série, xv. (1878), xx. (1880).

GENERAL INDEX

The Roman numerals (i., ii., iii., etc.) refer to the volumes; the Arabic numbers (1, 2, 3, etc.) refer to the pages. The volumes of the work are cited by the following numerals:—

i. = _The Magic Art and the Evolution of Kings_, vol. i. ii. = " " " vol. ii. iii. = _Taboo and the Perils of the Soul._ iv. = _The Dying God._ v. = _Adonis, Attis, Osiris_, Third Edition, vol. i. vi. = " " " vol. ii. vii. = _Spirits of the Corn and of the Wild_, vol. i. viii. = " " " vol. ii. ix. = _The Scapegoat._ x. = _Balder the Beautiful_, vol. i. xi. = " " vol. ii.

Aachen, effigy burnt on Ash Wednesday at, x. 120, xi. 25

Aargau, Swiss canton of, the Whitsuntide Basket in, ii. 83; Lenten fire-custom in, x. 119; superstition as to oak-mistletoe in, xi. 82; mistletoe called “thunder-besom” in, xi. 85, 301; birth-trees in, xi. 165

Ab, a Jewish month, equivalent to August, i. 14, vii. 259 _n._ 1

Ababa, a tribe of the Congo region, believe that their souls transmigrate at death into animals, viii. 288 _sq._

Ababua, the, of the Congo valley, their belief as to falling stars, iv. 65

Aban, a Persian month, vi. 68

Abbas Effendi, divine head of the Babites, i. 402

Abbas the Great, Shah of Persia, temporary substitute for, iv. 157

Abbehausen, fever transferred to dog and cat at, ix. 51

Abbeville, huge trunks of oak in the peat-bog near, ii. 351

Abbot of Folly in France, ix. 334

—— of Unreason in Scotland, ix. 312, 331

Abchases of the Caucasus, their ceremony of rain-making, i. 282 _n._ 4; their worship of the thunder-god, ii. 370; their memorial feasts, iv. 98, 103; their use of effigies as substitutes to save the lives of people, viii. 105; their sacrament of shepherds, viii. 313; their sacrifice of white ox, viii. 313 _n._ 1

Abd-Hadad, priestly king of Hierapolis, v. 163 _n._ 3

Abdera, human scapegoats at, ix. 254

Abdication of kings in favour of their infant children, iii. 19, 20; during the reign of their substitutes, iv. 115; annual, of kings, iv. 148; of father when his son is grown up, iv. 181; of the king on the birth of a son, iv. 190; temporary, of chief, viii. 66, 68

Abduction of souls by demons, iii. 58 _sqq._

Abeghian, Manuk, on the belief of the Armenians in demons, ix. 107 _sq._; on creeping through cleft trees in Armenia, xi. 172

Abensberg in Bavaria, burning the Easter Man at, x. 144

Abeokuta, in West Africa, the Alake (king) of, iv. 203; his head kept and delivered to his successor, iv. 203; use of bull-roarers at, xi. 229 _n._

Aber, the Lake of, in Upper Austria, xi. 189

Aberdeenshire, All Souls’ Day in, vi. 79 _sq._; harvest customs in, vii. 158 _sqq._, 215 _sq._, x. 12; need-fire in, x. 296; holed rock used by childless women in, xi. 187

Aberdour, parish of, in Aberdeenshire, the cutting of the _clyack_ sheath in, vii. 158 _sqq._

Aberfeldy, Hallowe’en fires near, x. 232

Abi-baal, “father of Baal,” v. 51 _n._ 4

Abi-el, “father of El,” v. 51 _n._ 4

Abi-jah, King, his family, v. 51 _n._ 2; “father of Jehovah,” v. 51 _n._ 4

Abi-melech, “father of a king,” v. 51 _n._ 4

Abi-milk (Abi-melech), king of Tyre, v. 16 _n._ 5

Abimelech massacres his seventy brothers, v. 51 _n._ 2

Abingdon in Berkshire, May carols and garlands at, ii. 60

Abipones, the, of South America thought it sinful to mention their own names, iii. 328; the dead not named among the, iii. 352; changes in their language caused by the fear of naming the dead, iii. 360; their belief as to meteors, iv. 63; their worship of the Pleiades, v. 258 _n._ 2, vii. 308; ate jaguars to become brave, viii. 140

Abjuration, form of, imposed on Jewish converts, ix. 393

Abnormal mental states accounted inspiration, iii. 248

Abolition of the kingship at Rome, ii. 289 _sqq._

Abomey, the old capital of Dahomey, iv. 40

Abonsam, an evil spirit on the Gold Coast, ix. 132

Aborigines retained as priests of the local gods by conquering races, ii. 288; of Victoria, their custom as to emu fat, x. 13

Abortion, superstition as to woman who has procured, iii. 153

Abougit, Father X., S.J., on the ceremony of the new fire at Jerusalem, x. 130

Abraham, his attempted sacrifice of Isaac, iv. 177, vi. 219 _n._ 1

—— and Sarah, ii. 114

——, the Pool of, at Ourfa, i. 285

Abrahams, Israel, on the Purim bonfires, ix. 393 _n._ 2

Abruzzi, barren fruit-trees threatened in the, ii. 22; belief as to falling stars in the, iv. 66, 67; burning an effigy of the Carnival in the, iv. 224; seven-legged effigy of Lent in the, iv. 244 _sq._; gossips of St. John in the, v. 245 _n._ 2; marvellous properties attributed to water on St. John’s Night in the, v. 246; Easter ceremonies in the, v. 256; the feast of All Souls in the, vi. 77 _sq._; rules as to sowing seed and cutting timber in the, vi. 133 _n._ 3; Epiphany in the, ix. 167 _n._ 2; new Easter fire in the, x. 122; water consecrated at Easter in the, x. 122 _sqq._; Midsummer rites of fire and water in the, x. 209 _sq._

Absalom, his intercourse with his father’s concubines, ix. 368

Absence and recall of the soul, iii. 30 _sqq._

Absites, the, iii. 312

Absrot, village of Bohemia, precaution against witches on Walpurgis Night at, ix. 161

Abstinence, periods of, observed before sowing, ii. 98, 105; as a charm to promote the growth of the seed, ix. 347 _sqq._

Abstract notions, the personification of, not primitive, iv. 253

Abu ’Ilberecat, a Berber, ii. 153 _sq._

Abu Rabah, resort of childless wives in Palestine, v. 78, 79

Abuse (vituperation), beneficial virtue ascribed to, i. 279 _sq._

Abydos, head of Osiris at, vi. 11; the favourite burial-place of the Egyptians, vi. 18 _sq._; specially associated with Osiris, vi. 18, 197; tombs of the ancient Egyptian kings at, vi. 19; the ritual of, vi. 86; hall of the Osirian mysteries at, vi. 108; representations of the Sed festival at, vi. 151; inscriptions at, vi. 153; temple of Osiris at, vi. 198; ancient shrine of Osiris at, vii. 260 _n._ 2

Abyssinia, rain-making in, i. 258; rain-making priests among tribes on the borders of, ii. 2 _sq._; Tigre-speaking tribes to the north of, ii. 19; fear of the evil eye in, iii. 116; severed hands and feet preserved against the resurrection in, iii. 281; personal names concealed in, iii. 322; the Kamants of, iv. 12; sacrifice of first-born children among tribes on the borders of, iv. 181 _sq._; the Faleshas of, viii. 266 _n._ 1

Abyssinian festival of Mascal or the Cross, ix. 133 _sq._

Acacia, Osiris in the, vi. 111; the heart in the flower of the, xi. 135 _sq._

—— -tree, worshipped in Patagonia, ii. 16; sacred in Arabia, ii. 42

_Acacia albida_, used in kindling fire by friction, ii. 210

—— _catechu_, used in kindling fire by friction, ii. 249

—— _Suma_, ii. 250 _n._

Academy at Athens, funeral games held in the, iv. 96

Acagchemem tribe of California, their worship of the sacred buzzard, viii. 170 _sq._

Acaill, Book of, on kings of Ireland, iv. 39

Acarnanian story of Prince Sunless, x. 21

_Acatay mita_, festival to make alligator pears ripen, ii. 98

Accession of a Shilluk king, ceremonies at the, iv. 23 _sq._

Accoleian family, coins of the, ii. 185

Accusations of ritual murders brought against the Jews, ix. 394 _sqq._

Achaia, subject to earthquakes, v. 202

Acharaca, cave of Pluto at, v. 205 _sq._

Acharnae, Attic township, Dionysus Ivy at, vii. 4

Achelous and Dejanira, ii. 161 _sq._

Achern, St. John’s fires at, x. 168

Achilles at the court of Lycomedes, ii. 278; his hair devoted to the river Sperchius, iii. 261

Achinese, the, of northern Sumatra, their observation of the Pleiades,